2019 FUEL CELL
OWNER’S MANUAL
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
3
WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-highway motor
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area
and wear gloves or wash your hands
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For
more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle
.
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Honda upon vehicle start up.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 0 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop
100-5E-8A, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.hondalink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 1 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Fuel Cell Monitoring System
This vehicle is equipped with a monitoring system that compiles
data about your vehicle and driving conditions and transmits that
data to Honda at regular intervals as determined at the discretion
of Honda. This data includes information on but not limited to the
following:
● Vehicle location, distance driven, warning indicators and
messages, and vehicle speed
● Fuel cell system control and power generation
The system does not record audio or images.
Data collected is used for the sole purposes of technical diagnoses,
preventive maintenance, research and vehicle development.
Neither Honda nor any third party receiving data will use the data
for any other purpose without first obtaining customer
authorization.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 2 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3
and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 3 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 43
For Safe Driving P. 44 Seat Belts P. 48 Airbags P. 55
2 Instrument Panel P. 85
Indicators P. 86 Gauges and Driver Information Interface P. 116
2 Controls P. 131
Clock P. 132 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 133
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 154
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 178
2 Features P. 197
Audio System P. 198 Audio System Basic Operation P. 204
Customized Features P. 300 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 326
2 Driving P. 363
Before Driving P. 364 Towing a Trailer P. 369
Multi-View Rear Camera P. 442 Refueling P. 444
2 Maintenance P. 449
Before Performing Maintenance P. 450 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 453
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 465
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 480 Cleaning P. 481
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 489
If a Tire Goes Flat P. 490 Handling of the Jack P. 502
If Hydrogen Gas is Leaking P. 511 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 513
When You Cannot Unlock the Hydrogen Fuel Lid P. 527
2 Information P. 529
Specifications P. 530 Identification Numbers P. 532
Warranty Coverages P. 535 Authorized Manuals P. 537
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 4 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Contents
Child Safety P. 70 Safety Labels P. 83
Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 146 Security System P. 149 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 152
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 170 Adjusting the Seats P. 172
Climate Control System P. 188
Audio Error Messages P. 277 General Information on the Audio System P. 281
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 329
When Driving P. 370 Braking P. 424 Parking Your Vehicle P. 440
Fuel Economy P. 447
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 457 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 463
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 468 12-Volt Battery P. 477 Remote Transmitter Care P. 479
Accessories and Modifications P. 487
Power System Won’t Start P. 503 Jump Starting P. 506 Overheating P. 509
Fuses P. 518 Emergency Towing P. 526
When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 528
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 533 Reporting Safety Defects P. 534
Customer Service Information P. 538
Quick Reference Guide
P. 6
Safe Driving
P. 43
Instrument Panel
P. 85
Controls
P. 131
Features
P. 197
Driving
P. 363
Maintenance
P. 449
Handling the Unexpected
P. 489
Information
P. 529
Index
P. 540
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 5 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
6
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙
Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P 169)
❙
(Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
System OFF) Button
(P 413)
❙
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
Button
(P 386)
❙
System Indicators
(P 86)
❙
Gauges
(P 116)
❙
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button
(P 435)
❙
Head-Up Display Buttons
(P 127)
❙
Driver Information Interface
(P 119)
❙
Navigation System
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Audio System
(P 198)
❙
Hazard Warning Button
❙
Climate Control System
(P 188)
❙
POWER Button
(P 154)
❙
Seat Heater Buttons
(P 186)
❙
Rear Defogger
(P 166)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 6 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Wipers/Washers
(P 162)
❙
Headlights/Turn Signals
(P 157, 158)
❙
Brightness Control
(P 164)
❙
LaneWatch
TM
(P 422)
❙
TRIP Button
(P119, 121)
❙
Interval Button
(P 398)
❙
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
(P 407)
❙
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons
(P 389)
❙
(Display/Information) Button
(P119 )
❙
/ / / Buttons
(P119, 201)
3
4
❙
ENTER Button
(P119 )
❙
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
Voice Control Buttons
(P 329)
❙
Horn (Press an area around .)
❙
Voice Control Buttons
(P 232)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 7 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Power Window Switches
(P 152)
❙
Trunk Opener
(P 146)
❙
Driver’s Knee Airbag
(P 62)
❙
Door Mirror Controls
(P 171)
❙
Power Door Lock Master Switch
(P 144)
❙
Hydrogen Fuel Lid Release Button
(P 445)
❙
Memory Buttons
(P 168)
❙
SET Button
(P 168)
❙
Interior Fuse Box
(P 520)
❙
Automatic Brake Hold Button
(P 428)
❙
Driver’s Front Airbag
(P 58)
❙
Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P 58)
❙
Rearview Mirror
(P 170)
❙
SPORT Button
(P 381)
❙
Glove Box
(P 180)
❙
Electric Parking Brake Switch
(P 424)
❙
Shift Button
Electronic Gear Selector
(P 375)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P 184)
❙
Hood Release Handle
(P 458)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 8 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
9
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Side Airbags
(P 64)
❙
Side Curtain Airbags
(P 66)
❙
Seat Belts
(P 48)
❙
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat)
(P 77)
❙
Rear Seat
❙
Coat Hook
(P 185)
❙
Map Lights
(P 179)
❙
Sun Visors
❙
Vanity Mirrors
❙
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat
(P 79)
❙
Map Lights
(P 179)
❙
Grab Handle
❙
Sunglasses Holder
(P 187)
❙
Accessory Power
Socket
(P 184)
❙
Front Seat
(P 172)
❙
USB Ports
(P 199)
❙
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat
(P 75)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 9 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Visual Index
10
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Maintenance Under the Hood
(P 457)
❙
Windshield Wipers
(P 162, 465)
❙
Tires
(P 468, 490)
❙
Door Lock/Unlock Control
(P 135)
❙
Power Door Mirrors
(P 171)
❙
Headlights
(P 158, 463)
❙
Front Side Marker Lights
(P 158, 463)
❙
Front Turn Signal Lights
(P 157, 463)
❙
How to Refuel
(P 445)
❙
High-Mount Brake Light
(P 464)
❙
Emergency Trunk Release Lever
(P 148)
❙
Opening/Closing the Trunk
(P 146)
❙
Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights
(P 464)
❙
Brake Lights
(P 464)
❙
Rear Turn Signal Lights
(P 464)
❙
Back-Up Lights
(P 464)
❙
Taillights
(P 464)
❙
Trunk Release Button
(P 147)
❙
Rear License Plate Light
(P 464)
❙
Multi-View Rear Camera
(P 442)
❙
Parking/Daytime Running Lights
(P 158, 161, 463)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 10 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Characteristics of Fuel Cell Vehicles
A fuel cell vehicle (FCV) converts hydrogen gas into electricity which is used to power an electric motor. The FC (fuel cell) system comprises
of hydrogen tanks and an FC stack, as well as other components, and requires a constant supply of hydrogen fuel, and proper cooling and
ventilation to generate electricity.
The FC stack is the main power unit which comprises of a series of fuel cells joined together or “stacked” on one another. Within each fuel
cell, hydrogen reacts with oxygen to create an electric current which is used to not only power the motor but also charge a High Voltage
battery. This High Voltage battery provides supplementary power to assist the FC power system when the vehicle is subjected to heavy
acceleration.
Unlike vehicles that use internal combustion engines, FC vehicles emit no harmful emissions such as CO
2
and NO
x
, and are thus considered
environmentally responsible. The only substance discharged from the tailpipe is water, in the form of both liquid and vapor.
FC Stack
Fuel cell power output may decline faster than usual under the following circumstances:
● The vehicle is frequently used in sub-zero temperatures over extended periods of time.
● The vehicle is repeatedly left in standby state for extended periods of time.
● The FC system is subjected to frequent starting and stopping.
● Salt water has permeated the air cleaner element.
u Replace the air cleaner element and clean the surrounding area.
● The vehicle is driven extensively in areas whose air contains high levels of:
Dust
Sulfur (common to hot spring and volcanoes)
Organic solvents, e.g., paints and thinners
Amine-related substances, e.g., ammonia
Chlorinated substances, e.g., salt and snow-melting agents
u Once the vehicle is driven in a normal environment again, fuel cell power output will return over time.
In the following circumstances, power output may be temporarily limited:
● You are repeatedly accelerating and decelerating aggressively.
● You are ascending a slope or driving at high altitudes above 6,562 feet (2,000 meters).
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages (P104)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 11 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Fuel Cell Power System
The fuel cell power system regulates the fuel cells to maintain efficient power generation in various driving conditions. The power system is
unique to fuel cell vehicles and differs to that of conventional internal combustion vehicles or electric vehicles in the following ways:
● Depending on circumstances, the system may need to adjust the condition of the fuel cells before shutting down; therefore, the power
system may continue to operate even after the power mode is set to OFF.
● In cold temperatures, the power system may take more time to start or stop than usual as the fuel cells need to be conditioned before
they can generate power.
Hydrogen Tanks
● Outline
The hydrogen tanks are the storage containers that house the compressed hydrogen gas.
● Inspection
Owners of fuel cell vehicles are required by law to have these tanks inspected periodically. Filling a hydrogen tank with compressed
hydrogen gas is prohibited by law if the tank has not passed inspection or if the tank has expired.
The hydrogen tanks are affixed with an expiration date. This date is also affixed to the underside of the hood and the hydrogen fuel lid. If a
tank has expired, replace it immediately.
● Disposal
Disposal of hydrogen tanks or hydrogen tank valves must be done in accordance with the pertinent rules and regulations of the state or
region within which the tanks or valves are to be disposed of. For details, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
● Theft
If your fuel cell vehicle is stolen, be sure to inform the police that the vehicle is equipped with tanks filled with compressed hydrogen gas.
Refueling
Fuel cell vehicles need hydrogen to run. Refuel with compressed hydrogen gas at an authorized hydrogen filling station.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 12 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Sounds Unique to the Fuel Cell Vehicle
When you first start driving this vehicle, you likely will hear some unfamiliar sounds, particularly when you first turn on the power system,
while driving, and just after parking. Some of these sounds are unique to this vehicle’s powertrain, fuel, and climate control systems; others
are similar to sounds generated by conventional automobiles that typically are masked by louder noises absent from a vehicle of this design.
These sounds are not a cause for concern, and you will soon recognize them as normal and thus be able to detect any new or unusual noise
should one develop.
Certain sounds associated with your vehicle may be caused by:
● Pressurized intake air being released through the rear of the vehicle.
u This can happen if the accelerator is released suddenly when the vehicle is under a heavy load, such as when climbing a hill.
● The power system warming up.
u This sound is particularly loud when temperatures are extremely low (below –4°F [–20°C]).
● Hydrogen gas flowing through the fuel line during refueling.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 13 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Fuel Cell Vehicle Precautions
Hydrogen-related Components
Fuel cell vehicles have hydrogen-related components such as hydrogen tanks, an FC stack,
and hydrogen pipelines.
Labels with handling warnings are attached to these components.
Hydrogen
Leak
Detection
System
FC Stack
Hydrogen
Leak
Detection
System
Hydrogen Fuel
Receptacle
Hydrogen Tanks
Hydrogen Pipelines
Hydrogen-retaining components
●
Hydrogen tanks
●
Hydrogen pipelines
●
FC stack
Components with a warning label
●
Hydrogen tanks
●
Compressed hydrogen pipeline
●
Hydrogen fill pipeline
●
FC stack
●
Hydrogen ventilation duct
Hydrogen Leak Detection System locations
●
In the motor compartment
●
Above the hydrogen fuel receptacle
Hydrogen Ventilation Duct a
Label
a Hydrogen Ventilation Duct
Fuel cells consume oxygen when generating
electricity. If the vehicle is left in standby
state in an enclosed area, the air may
become deprived of oxygen, resulting in
asphyxiation of any person(s) in the area.
Make sure the area is well ventilated before
turning the power system on. If the vehicle
is in a garage, keep the door open.
WARNING
Never leave the fuel cell vehicle in standby
state in an enclosed area that has limited
ventilation as there is a risk of oxygen
deprivation.
WARNING
Do not attempt to modify, install, or
disassemble the hydrogen-related
components.
The hydrogen-related components are
filled with hydrogen gas. Removing or
disassembling these components may cause
a hydrogen gas leak which can lead to a fire
or explosion.
If you notice anything unusual about your
vehicle, consult an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 14 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
15
Quick Reference Guide
High Voltage Components, High Voltage Cables and High Temperature
Components
Fuel cell vehicles have high voltage components (about 500 V maximum) such as the FC stack, FCVCU, High Voltage battery, power control
unit, high voltage cables (identified by their orange covers), electric motor, and high temperature parts such as the radiator. Labels with
handling warnings are attached to these components.
WARNING
This vehicle has high voltage circuits and
parts. Failure to observe the following
precautions can result in burns or electric
shock.
●
Do not remove, disassemble, or replace
the high voltage parts, cables (orange) or
their connectors.
●
Never touch the High Voltage battery
service plugs.
In an emergency or during maintenance or
repair, the service plugs are removed to cut
off the electric flow from the battery. These
plugs are in contact with the battery and
can cause severe electric shock if not
handled properly.
Only a qualified technician should handle
any electrical equipment. For inspection
and repair, consult an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
12V DC/DC Converter
●
A/C Compressor
●
A/C Heater
Radiator a
Air Pump
FC Stack b
Air Pump Power Control Unit
High Voltage Battery
●
Electric Motor
●
Power Control Unit
Label
a Radiator Cap b FCVCU and FC Stack
FCVCU b
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 15 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
16
Quick Reference Guide
High Voltage Battery
Because electricity generated by the fuel cells and through regenerative braking recharges the High Voltage battery, the battery does not
need to be recharged from an outside source; however, the High Voltage battery gradually discharges when the vehicle is not in use. If
allowed to discharge too much, the battery may become damaged.
If your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, during storage for example, periodically recharge the battery to maintain sufficient
charge levels. At least once every three months, turn on the power system, and keep it on for more than 30 minutes to allow the battery to
recharge.
Excessive heat can also damage the battery. On hot, sunny days, try to avoid parking your vehicle under direct sunlight.
If the High Voltage battery becomes fully discharged or damaged and you are unable to start the FC system as a result, consult an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
Temperature
When storing the vehicle, make sure not to expose it to extremely low temperatures: If the temperature of the fuel cell drops below –4°F
(–20°C), the power system may not start. If the temperature drops to below –22°F (–30°C), the fuel cells or the High Voltage battery will not
operate and, as a result, the vehicle will not start.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 16 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Hydrogen Leak Detection System
When the power mode is turned to ON, the hydrogen leak detection system is activated. If a
hydrogen gas leak is detected by the hydrogen detector, the hydrogen leak indicator will
come on.
2 Hydrogen Leak Indicator (P90)
Hydrogen Supply/High Voltage Shut-off System
If the FC system is on and the vehicle is involved in a crash, depending on the severity of the
impact, the shut-off system will cut off the supply of hydrogen and electricity. In this case, it
is not possible to restart the vehicle.
To restart the FC system, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
WARNING
Do not block the hydrogen ventilation
ducts.
The hydrogen tanks, FC stack, and
hydrogen supply components have
ventilation ducts to allow any leaked
hydrogen to escape into the atmosphere. If
the opening of a duct is blocked with snow,
leaves, etc., and a hydrogen leak occurs, the
leaked gas can make its way into the motor
room, where it can ignite, resulting in a fire
or explosion.
Make sure the ducts are free of any
obstructions before activating the power
system.
Do not remove or disassemble a hydrogen
duct: Doing so can lead to a fire or
explosion if a hydrogen gas leak occurs.
Hydrogen
Ventilation Duct
(Above the both
front tires)
Hydrogen
Ventilation Duct
(Inside the fuel
lid)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 17 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Hydrogen Gas Leak
If a hydrogen gas leak is suspected, follow the recommended actions listed in the
instructions of this owner’s manual.
2 If Hydrogen Gas is Leaking (P511)
WARNING
Since hydrogen gas is highly flammable, a
hydrogen gas leak is extremely dangerous
as the leaked gas, which is dispersed into
the atmosphere, can ignite, resulting in a
fire in which you or someone else can be
serious injured or killed. Keep flammable
materials and liquids away from the vehicle
at all times, especially if a hydrogen gas
leak is detected.
In the case of a hydrogen gas leak, a buzzer
will sound and the hydrogen gas leak
indicator will come on. If you are driving
the vehicle, stop in a safe, well-ventilated
place. Then turn the power mode to OFF
and contact an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer at once. You should also
display signs warning of the danger and be
aware of and keep away anything that
could ignite the gas.
The system is designed so that in the event
that the vehicle catches fire, the gas inside
the tanks will be released through the tank
valves, thereby ensuring that pressure (due
to heat from the fire) within the tanks does
not build up.
This gas is released toward the rear of the
vehicle in a downward direction. Do not
attempt to extinguish the fire from behind
the vehicle as the exiting gas may ignite
into a flame.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 18 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
19
Quick Reference Guide
Fuel Cell Insulating Fluid
Fuel cell insulating fluid (FC insulating fluid) uses a specifically designed fluid with high electrical insulation properties in order to safely cool
the fuel cell.
Never add water, other commercial coolants, or genuine Honda inverter coolant to the cooling system. Doing so will cause damage to the
fuel cell.
Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer to replenish or change the fuel cell insulating fluid.
FC Insulating Fluid Reserve TankInverter Coolant Reserve Tank
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 19 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
20
Quick Reference Guide
Ion Exchanger
An ion exchanger is installed in the fluid lines for the fuel cell in order to maintain the
insulation properties of the fuel cell insulating fluid (FC insulating fluid).
If the message Service Due Soon A appears on the driver information interface, ion
exchange filter replacement is necessary. Be sure to consult an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer.
2 Indicators (P89)
Exhaust Pipe
Water is expelled from the tail pipe while the vehicle is running or while the High Voltage
battery is being charged. This also happens after the vehicle has been running or when you
shut down the FC system by setting the power mode to OFF. If you stand to the left rear of
the vehicle, you may be sprayed by this waste water.
Never drink water expelled from the pipe. Though this water is harmless, it is not suitable
for drinking.
While the vehicle is parked during cold temperatures, the FC system may automatically turn
on and discharge water from the exhaust pipe. If this water is discharged as a vapor, it may
appear as a white mist. This, however, is not indicative of a problem.
Do not obstruct or block the exhaust pipe as the FC system may stop working.
Maintenance, Repair, and Disposal
Always consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer regarding maintenance, repair,
and disposal.
Fuel cells and High Voltage batteries that have been removed from disposed vehicles are
collected through authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealers. Do not dispose of those
batteries yourself.
WARNING
Do not directly touch any water emissions
from the exhaust pipe.
Water created during FC power generation
is discharged from the exhaust pipe in the
form of either liquid (water) or gas (steam).
Directly touching this water may cause
burns.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 20 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
21
Quick Reference Guide
In Case of a Crash
● If a vehicle fire occurs, leaked hydrogen gas may ignite. Stay far away from the vehicle
and call the local fire department.
To extinguish a vehicle fire, use a large amount of water, dry chemical fire extinguisher
(Class A, B, or C), or carbon dioxide fire extinguisher. With an inadequate amount of
water, a fire cannot be put out completely. Never attempt to extinguish a vehicle fire
with a small amount of water.
● If your vehicle needs to be towed, make sure it is done with all the wheels lifted using the
flat bed equipment. If the front wheels are touching the ground, the rotating tires will
force the electric motor to spin, which in turn, may damage the power system,
transmission, etc.
WARNING
If the body of the vehicle is seriously
damaged or deformed in a crash, hydrogen
gas may leak out from the vehicle. Keep
flammable sources, such as a lit cigarette or
warning flares, away from the vehicle.
2 If Hydrogen Gas is Leaking (P511)
Also, high voltage parts and/or the cables
(orange) connecting them may be exposed
as a result of a crash. Stay clear of these
parts as you may be electrocuted.
If the vehicle catches fire, leaked hydrogen
gas may ignite. Stay far away from the
vehicle and report to the fire department
that a vehicle containing hydrogen tanks is
on fire.
The system is designed so that in the event
that the vehicle catches fire, the gas inside
the tanks will be released through the tank
valves, thereby ensuring that pressure
within the tanks does not build up. This gas
is released toward the rear of the vehicle in
a downward direction. Do not attempt to
extinguish the fire from behind the vehicle
as the exiting gas may ignite into a flame.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 21 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
22
Quick Reference Guide
WARNING
If a High Voltage battery fluid leaks, be
careful not to touch the fluid. It can harm
your eyes and skin. If it comes in contact
with your eyes and skin; flush the affected
area with clean water immediately for a
few minutes, and seek immediate medical
attention.
Do not use a warning flare near a fuel cell
vehicle. If hydrogen gas is leaking, it may
ignite the gas, and result in a vehicle fire.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 22 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
23
Quick Reference Guide
Regenerative Energy and Regenerative Braking
When decelerating or while driving downhill, the electric motor acts as a generator that recover a portion of the electrical energy that was
used to accelerate the vehicle.
In the following situations, the vehicle generates electricity while decelerating.
● The accelerator pedal is released with the gear position in
(D.
● The brake pedal is depressed with the gear position in
(D.
u When the High Voltage battery is fully charged or its temperature is too cold/hot, or another factor or factors are effecting the
condition of the battery, the regenerative braking system may not be activated.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 23 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
24
Quick Reference Guide
Eco Assist® System
Aggressive Deceleration Moderate
Deceleration
Fuel-Efficient Driving Moderate
Acceleration
Aggressive Acceleration
Ambient Meter
With SPORT mode off, the color of the ambient meter changes to green to indicate that the vehicle is being driven in a fuel efficient
manner.
Eco Drive Display
● Keep the vehicle icon near the center of the circle.
Fuel economy is:
Worse Better Best Better Worse
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 24 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
25
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving
(P 43)
Airbags
(P 55)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P 70)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Before Driving Checklist
(P 47)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P 48)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 25 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
26
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel
(P 85)
Lights On Indicator
System Indicators
12-Volt Battery
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
Lights Indicators
High Beam Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
System Message
Indicator
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Gauges
(P 116)
/Driver Information Interface
(P 119)
/
Head-Up Display
(P 127)
/System Indicators
(P 86)
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Speedometer
Automatic Brake Hold
System Indicator
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
SPORT Mode Indicator
Collision Mitigation
Brake System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Indicator
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
Immobilizer System Indicator/
Security System Alarm Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator
Head-Up Display
READY Indicator
POWER SYSTEM
Indicator
Gear Position
Indicator
Fuel Gauge
Driver Information
Interface
High Voltage Battery
Charge Level Gauge
POWER/CHARGE
Gauge
Low Fuel Indicator
Hydrogen Leak
Indicator
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow
(LSF) Indicator
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 26 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
27
Quick Reference Guide
Controls
(P 131)
Clock
(P 132)
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
You can also adjust the time manually.
a
Select the (Home) icon, then select
Settings.
b
Select Clock, then Clock Adjustment.
c
Touch the respective / icon to
adjust the hours or minutes up or
down.
d
Select OK.
4
3
POWER Button
(P 154)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Turn Signals
(P 157)
Lights
(P 158)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 27 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
28
Quick Reference Guide
Wipers and Washers
(P 162)
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situations in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
● Cleaning the windshield
● Driving through a car wash
● No rain present
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
(-: Low Sensitivity
(+: High Sensitivity
MIST
OFF
AUTO: Wiper speed varies
automatically
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Steering Wheel
(P 169)
● To adjust, push the adjustment lever
down, adjust to the desired position, then
lock the lever back in place.
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P 143)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it in one motion.
● Unlocking and opening the driver’s door
from the inner handle unlocks all the
other doors.
Trunk
(P 146)
● To unlock and open the trunk:
• Press the trunk opener on the driver’s
door.
• Press the trunk release button on the
smart entry remote.
• Press the trunk release button on the
trunk lid.
Trunk Opener
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 28 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
29
Quick Reference Guide
Power Door Mirrors
(P 171)
● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Power Windows
(P 152)
● With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 29 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
30
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System
(P 188)
● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.
The climate control system is voice operable. (P232)
AUTO Button
/ (Fan Control) Buttons
MODE Control Icon
(Air flows from floor and dashboard
vents, and back of the center console)
A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon
Plasmacluster Mark
MODE Control Icon
(Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents)
MODE Control Icon
(Air flows from floor vents)
Passenger’s Side
Temperature Control Dial
SYNC (Synchronization) Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button
(ON/OFF) Button
(Recirculation) Button
(Auto Recirculation) Button
MODE Control Icon
(Air flows from dashboard vents
and back of the center console)
Driver’s Side Temperature
Control Dial
CLIMATE Button
Fan Control Icon
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 30 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Quick Reference Guide
31
Features
(P 197)
Audio Remote Controls
(P 201)
●
(+ / (- Bar
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● / Button
Press or to cycle through the audio
mode as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM® USB iPod®
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® Apple
CarPlay/Android Auto
ENTER Button
/ / / Button
3
4
(+ / (- Bar
Button
3
4
3
4
● ENTER Button
• When listening to the radio and
SiriusXM®
a
Press ENTER to switch the display to a
preset list you stored in the preset
buttons.
b
Press or to select a preset, then
press ENTER.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
a
Press ENTER to display the folder list.
b
Press or to select a folder.
c
Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in
that folder.
d
Press or to select a track, then
press ENTER.
3
4
3
4
3
4
• When listening to an iPod®
a
Press ENTER to display the iPod® music
list.
b
Press or to select a category.
c
Press ENTER to display a list of items in
the category.
d
Press or to select an item, then
press ENTER.
u Press ENTER and press or
repeatedly until a desired item you
want to listen is displayed.
• When listening to Pandora®
a
Press ENTER to display the station list.
b
Press or to select an item, then
press ENTER.
• When listening to Bluetooth® Audio
a
Press ENTER to display the track list.
b
Press or to select a track, then
press ENTER.
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 31 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
32
Quick Reference Guide
● / Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
Button:
Press to change contents.
2 Driver Information
Interface (P119)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 32 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
33
Quick Reference Guide
Audio System
(P 198)
For navigation system operation
() See the Navigation System Manual
(Menu) Icon
VOL (Volume) Icons
(Home) Icon
(Back) Icon
Audio/Information Screen
/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon
Driver Information Interface
(Instrument Panel) Icon
(Day/Night) Icon
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 33 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
34
Quick Reference Guide
Driving
(P 363)
Electronic Gear Selector
(P 375)
● Select
(P and depress the brake pedal when turning on the power.
Park
Press the
(P button.
Used when parking or before turning the power on or off.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Press back the
(R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the
(N button.
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Press the
(D button.
Used for normal driving.
Gear Position Indicator
The gear position indicator
and the shift button
indicator indicate the
current gear selection.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Button
Indicator
Gear selection
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 34 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
35
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® On and Off
(P 413)
● The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you turn on the power system.
● To partially disable or fully restore VSA®
function, press and hold the button until
you hear a beep.
CMBS
TM
On and Off
(P 435)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
(P 415)
● Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you turn on the power system.
● A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.
Refueling
(P 444)
a
Set the power mode
to OFF.
b
Press the hydrogen
fuel lid release
button on the
driver’s door to open
the fuel lid.
c
Remove the dust cap
inside the hydrogen
fuel lid.
d
Start refueling.
Fuel requirement: Compressed hydrogen gas
Hydrogen supply pressure: 70 MPa (10,153 psig) (at 59°F [15°C])
Hydrogen filling amount
*1
: Approximately 11 lbs (5 kg) (at 70 MPa)
Hydrogen tanks capacity: 37.3 US gal (141.3 L) (at 70 MPa [10,153 psig])
*1: A measured value when refueled at a hydrogen station with 70 MPa (10,153
psig) of supply pressure complaint with the SAE (J2601) fueling protocol.
Hydrogen Filling Station: To completely fill the hydrogen tank, you need to use a
hydrogen filling station that has an H70 dispenser, which is capable of supplying
pressures of up to 10,153 psig (70 MPa).
Refueling the vehicle is only possible if the pressure inside the hydrogen tank of
the vehicle does not exceed the supply pressure of the filling station.
If you use an H35 dispenser, you will be able to fill only half of the tank.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 35 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
36
Quick Reference Guide
Honda Sensing®
Honda Sensing® is a driver support system
which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located behind the emblem and a front
sensor camera mounted to the interior side
of the windshield, behind the rearview
mirror.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
Front Sensor
Camera
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor
is behind the
emblem.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
(P 389)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected
vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and
stop your vehicle, without you having to
keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
(P 385)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
(P 405)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the
vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
(P 432)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of
your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The
CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as
to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 36 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
37
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance
(P 449)
Under the Hood
(P 457)
● Check inverter coolant and windshield washer fluid. Add
when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the 12-volt battery condition monthly.
a
Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b
Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then
raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you
can release the lever.
c
When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Lights
(P 463)
● Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades
(P 465)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires
(P 468)
● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter driving.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 37 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
38
Quick Reference Guide
Handling the Unexpected
(P 489)
Flat Tire
(P 490)
● Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the temporary tire repair kit.
Indicators Come On
(P 513)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.
Power System Won’t Start
(P 503)
● If the 12-volt battery is dead, jump start
using a booster battery.
Blown Fuse
(P 518)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating
(P 509)
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the power system cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P 526)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 38 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
39
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
Why do I hear an operating
noise when applying the
brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P430)
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in
the lock position. If so, open the
rear door with the outside door
handle.
To cancel this function, slide the
lever up to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
The exterior lights are left on.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 39 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
40
Quick Reference Guide
Why does a beeper sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock
operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®) (P136)
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.
Pressing the electric
parking brake switch does
not release the parking
brake. Why?
Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. If
you recently inflated or changed a tire, you have to recalibrate
the system.
u
TPMS Calibration
(P 415)
Depressing the accelerator
pedal does not release the
parking brake
automatically. Why?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Check if the transmission is in
(P
or
(N
. If so, select any other
position.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 40 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
41
Quick Reference Guide
Why does the gear position
automatically change to
(P
when I open the driver's
door to check for parking
space lines when
reversing?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Close the driver's door and manually change the gear
position.
u
When opening the driver’s door
(P 378)
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 41 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
42
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 42 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
43
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 44
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 46
Safety Checklist ................................. 47
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 48
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 51
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 54
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 55
Types of Airbags ................................ 58
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 58
Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 62
Side Airbags ...................................... 64
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 66
Airbag System Indicators.................... 67
Airbag Care ....................................... 69
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 70
Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 72
Safety of Larger Children ................... 81
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 83
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 43 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
44
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states and territories prohibit the use of cell
phones other than hands-free devices by the driver
while driving.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 44 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
45
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
■ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle
Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the
climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended as the
climate control system can shut off at any time.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 45 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
46
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
9
10
11
12
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Side Airbags
Seat Belt Tensioners
7
7
10
10
9
9
11
11
6
12
8
Knee Airbag
8
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 46 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
47
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 142
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 172
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Positions P. 174
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 51
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 70
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or trunk open message appears on
the driver information interface, a door and/or the
trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and
the trunk tightly until the message disappears.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 109
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 47 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
48
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body.
The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 77
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and territories require you to wear seat
belts.
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 48 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
49
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 49 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
50
Safe Driving
The seat belt system includes an indicator on
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a
front passenger or both to fasten their seat
belts.
If you set the power mode to ON and a seat
belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and
the indicator will blink. After a few seconds,
the beeper will stop and the indicator will
come on and remain illuminated until the seat
belt is fastened.
The beeper will periodically sound and the
indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving
until the seat belt is fastened.
The front seats are equipped with automatic
seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front
seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal
collision, sometimes even if the collision is not
severe enough to inflate the front airbags or
the driver’s knee airbag.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 70
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat
belt system as it may not offer protection in a
subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 50 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
51
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Continued
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 172
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 51 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
52
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Push
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 52 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
53
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•
When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•
When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 53 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
54
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer after any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 54 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
55
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
9
7
9
9
11
10
9
8
6
9
12
6
9
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 55 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
56
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side
curtain airbags are deployed according to
the direction and severity of impact. Both
side curtain airbags are deployed in a
rollover. The airbag system includes:
a
Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b
Driver’s knee airbag. The knee airbag is
stored under the steering column. It is
marked SRS AIRBAG.
c
Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
d
Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
e
An electronic control unit that, when the
vehicle is on, continually monitors
information about the various impact
sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover
sensor, airbag activators, seat belt
tensioners and other vehicle information.
During a crash event the unit can record
such information.
f
Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In
addition, the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not the
belts are fastened.
g
A driver’s seat position sensor. This
sensor determines the optimal force at
which the airbag will deploy in a crash.
h
Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is
approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
weight of an infant or small child).
i
Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
j
An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
k
An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l
A rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 56 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
57
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers.
Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the
airbags inflate.
■
Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 57 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
58
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 58 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
59
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 59 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
60
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 60 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
61
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system
has weight sensors.
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s seat.
However, if you do allow a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, note that the system will automatically
turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29 kg) or less.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of
the driver’s seating position) with a force
corresponding to the severity of the impact.
For the advanced airbags to work properly:
•
Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
•
Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
•
Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
•
All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
•
Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 68
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 482
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 61 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
62
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
Safe Driving
Driver’s Knee Airbag
The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help
keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by
the vehicle’s other safety features.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the
steering column.
The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.
When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the
driver’s knee airbag also inflates.
■
Housing Locations
1Driver’s Knee Airbag
Do not attach accessories on or near a knee airbag as
they can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbag, or even hurt someone if the airbag inflates.
The driver should not store any items under the seat
or behind their feet. The items can interfere with
proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate
to sever frontal collision and may result in inadequate
protection.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 62 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
63
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
Safe Driving
■ When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 63 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
64
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel
Cell dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 64 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
65
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag not to deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 65 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
66
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 66 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
67
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the driver information interface.
■ When the power mode is set to ON
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer as soon as possible.
If you don’t, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they
are needed.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 67 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
68
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger front airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an
infant or small child, on the seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 70
If the front passenger’s seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy
and the indicator will come on.
■
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm
that:
•
There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat-back.
•
There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger’s seat.
•
The front seat or seat-back is not forced back
against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
•
There is no object placed under or beside the front
passenger’s seat.
•
The occupant is sitting in an upright position and
the seat back is not excessively reclined.
•
The occupant is not leaning against the door or
center console.
•
The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
of them.
•
There are no objects hanging from the front
passenger’s seat.
•
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back
pocket.
The passenger front airbag off indicator may come
on and go off periodically if the total weight on the
seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer as soon as possible if:
•
All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the
front passenger seat.
•
The seat is empty and the indicator is off.
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front
seat when the indicator is on.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 68 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
69
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer in the following situations:
■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer inspect the following: the driver’s seat position sensor, weight sensors in the
passenger’s seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during
the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American Honda
Automobile Customer Service at 1-800-999-1009.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 69 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
70
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state and territory requires
that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
recommend that all children ages 12 and under be
properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or
territories have laws restricting where children may
ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 70 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
71
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard and on the front visors.
Please read and follow the instructions on these
labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 83
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 71 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
72
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat
and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 55
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward-facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
installed in a rear seating position:
The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly
detect the actual weight of the occupant.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 72 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
73
uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations
of a rear-facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 73 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
74
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 74 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
75
uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle.
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
3
WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 75 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
76
Safe Driving
3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
4.
Route the tether strap over the top of the
head restraint and secure the tether strap
hook to the anchor.
Route the tether strap around the head
restraint and secure the tether strap hook
to the anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Flexible Type
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
rear center seat
Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower
anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however,
is not equipped with anchors of any kind.
The inner and outer anchors are spaced apart at a
standard distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The
distance between the two inner anchors is 15.7
inches (400 mm).
LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted
with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the
rear center seat. However, a system fitted with
flexible-type attachments can be installed in the
center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s
instructions for that system permit the use of the
inner anchors with the stated spacing.
Before seating a child, make sure that the system is
properly attached to both the lower anchors and
tether anchors.
3
WARNING
Do not use the lower inner anchors of the
outer rear seats to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat to the rear center
seat, unless the manufacturer’s instructions
for that system permit the use of inner
anchors with the stated spacing.
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 76 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
77
uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 77 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
78
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 78 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
79
uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each rear seating position.
If you have a child seat that comes with a
tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the
tether may be used for additional security.
■ Using an outer anchor
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point and lift the cover.
2.
Route the tether strap over the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Route the tether strap around the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats
when using the seat belt or lower anchors.
Tether Anchorage Points
CoverAnchor
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 79 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
80
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
■ Using the center anchor
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point and lift the cover.
2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 80 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
81
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Continued
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 81 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
82
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states require children to use a booster
seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6
years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the
state where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 82 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
83
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer for a replacement.
Dashboard
Sun Visors
Inverter Coolant
Reserve Tank Cap
FCVCU
Air Conditioner System PCU
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 83 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
84
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 84 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
85
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 86
Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages ..................... 102
Gauges and Driver Information
Interface....................................... 116
Gauges............................................ 116
Driver Information Interface ............. 119
Head-Up Display .............................. 127
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 85 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
86
Instrument Panel
Indicators
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Red)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off if the parking brake
has been released.
●
Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
●
Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
●
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not fully
released.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check the
brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 514
●
Comes on along with the parking
brake and brake system indicator
(amber) - Immediately stop in a safe
place. Contact an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer for repair. The
brake pedal becomes harder to operate.
Depress the pedal further than you
normally do.
●
Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks P. 514
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 86 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
87
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Red)
●
Comes on for about 15 seconds
when you pull or push the electric
parking brake switch while the
power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
●
Stays on for about 15 seconds
when you set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF while the electric
parking brake is set.
●
Blinks and the parking brake and
brake system indicator (amber) comes
on at the same time - There is a
problem with the electric parking brake
system. The parking brake may not be
set.
Avoid using the parking brake and have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System
Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 515
—
Automatic Brake
Hold System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 428
Automatic Brake
Hold Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 428
—
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 87 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
88
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with a system related to braking
other than the conventional brake
system.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the cooperative control with
regenerative braking, the electric
servo brake system, or the hill start
assist system.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric parking brake
system or the automatic brake
hold system.
●
Comes on while driving - Avoid using
the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
●
Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds
and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to
an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer immediately.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 88 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
89
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
POWER
SYSTEM
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric vehicle system
(Generating electricity is stopped).
●
Stop in a safe place and have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
2 Overheating P. 509
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the power system.
●
Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate
and may be harder to start on an incline.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
immediately.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the hydrogen leak detection
system.
●
Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate
and may be harder to start on an incline.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
immediately.
●
Comes on when the ion filter
needs replacing.
●
Have the ion exchanger replaced by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
immediately.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 453
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 89 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
90
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
READY Indicator
●
Comes on when the vehicle is
ready to drive.
●
May go off if the POWER SYSTEM or
transmission system indicator comes on.
2 Turning on the Power P. 370
12-Volt Battery
Charging System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when
the power system is on.
●
Comes on when the 12-volt
battery is not charging.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger
in order to reduce electricity
consumption.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging
System Indicator Comes On P. 513
Low Fuel
Indicator
●
Comes on when the vehicle is
running low on fuel (3 or 2 fuel-
gauge bars illuminated).
●
Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.
Hydrogen Leak
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if a small hydrogen gas
leak is detected.
●
Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate
and may be harder to start on an incline.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
immediately.
●
Comes on if a hydrogen gas leak is
detected.
●
Generating electricity by the fuel cell is
stopped.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place and have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 90 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
91
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Gear Position
Indicator
●
Indicates the current gear
selection.
2 Shifting P. 375
—
Transmission
System Indicator
●
The indicated current gear
selection blinks if there is a
problem with the transmission
system.
●
Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and
stop in a safe place immediately.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
●
All the gear positions may light for
several seconds, and go off.
●
When all the gear positions illuminate,
immediately stop your vehicle in a safe
place.
●
Indicators go off if there is no problem.
However, even if they go off, take your
vehicle to an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer for inspection.
—
●
The indicated current gear
selection or all the gear positions
blink if you cannot select
(P due
to a transmission system failure.
●
The power system can be activated as a
temporary measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator
Blinks along with the Warning
Message P. 517
●
Set the parking brake when parking.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
immediately.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 91 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
92
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds
if you are not wearing a seat belt
when you set the power mode to
ON.
●
If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on a few seconds later.
●
Blinks while driving if either you
and/or the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator goes
off when you and the front passenger
fasten their seat belts.
●
Stays on after you and/or the front
passenger has fastened the seat
belt(s) - A detection error may have
occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 50
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer. With this indicator on,
your vehicle still has normal braking
ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 430
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 92 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
93
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when
the power system is on.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 514
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA® system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 412
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
OFF Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on when you partially
disable VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 413
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 93 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
94
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON.
●
May come on briefly if the power
mode is set to ON and the vehicle
is not moved within 45 seconds, to
indicate the calibration process is
not yet complete.
●
Comes on and stays on when:
- One or more tires’ pressures are
determined to be significantly
low.
- The system has not been
calibrated.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
●
Stays on after the tires are inflated to
the recommended pressures - The
system needs to be calibrated.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 415
●
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 94 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
95
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
System Message
Indicator
●
Comes on along with a beep when
a problem is detected. A system
message on the driver information
interface appears at the same time.
●
While the indicator is on, press the
(display/information) button to see the
message again.
●
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears
on the driver information interface. Take
the appropriate action for the message.
●
The driver information interface does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the button is
pressed.
—
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 95 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
96
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
●
Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
●
Blink along with all turn signals
when you press the hazard
warning button.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly -
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
immediately.
—
High Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
Lights On
Indicator
●
Comes on when the light switch in
a position other than OFF or when
the switch is set to AUTO and the
exterior lights come on.
●
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF while the exterior lights are on, a
chime sounds when the driver’s door is
opened.
—
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
Blinks if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
●
Blinks - You cannot start the power
system. Set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF, then select the ON mode again.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
—
Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 96 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
97
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Security System
Alarm Indicator
●
Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 149
—
SPORT Mode
Indicator
●
Comes on when you press the
SPORT button.
●
The ambient meter remains lit up
in red as long as sport mode is on.
2 SPORT Mode P. 381
Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 97 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
98
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure
Mitigation
(RDM) Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the RDM system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer.
●
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down sufficiently.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
if the indicator and message come back
on after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 98 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
99
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with ACC with LSF.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
●
Comes on if anything covers the
radar sensor cover and prevents
the sensor from detecting a vehicle
in front.
●
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
●
ACC with LSF has been
automatically canceled.
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop
your vehicle in a safe place, and then
clean the sensor using a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator does not disappear, even
after you clean the sensor cover.
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator (Green)
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 389
—
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 99 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
100
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the LKAS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 405
—
Collision
Mitigation
Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate
the CMBS
TM
.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the CMBS
TM
.
●
Stays on constantly without the
CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 432
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 100 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
101
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation
Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
●
Comes on when the CMBS
TM
system shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop
your vehicle in a safe place, and then
clean the sensor using a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
if the message does not disappear even
after you clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 432
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate
control system to cool down the camera.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down sufficiently.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 101 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
102
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the driver information interface. Press the (display/information) button to see the message
again with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is no longer able to run
due to a malfunction.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place.
●
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due
soon.
●
Consequently, Service Due Now and Service Past
Due follow.
2 Indicator, Warning Message and Maintenance
Minder Information on the Driver Information
Interface P. 454
●
Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the
smart entry system or push button starting system.
●
Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on
the 12-volt battery.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
2 Checking the 12-Volt Battery P. 477
●
Appears along with the battery charging system
indicator when the battery is not charging.
●
Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to
reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 513
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 102 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
103
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2 POWER Button P. 154
●
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
●
Appears when you close the door with the power
mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside
the vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote back
inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 156
●
Appears when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 479
●
Appears if the smart entry remote’s battery is too
weak to turn on the power system or the key is not
within operating range to turn on the power system.
A beeper sounds six times.
●
Bring the back of the smart entry remote into contact
with the POWER button.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 504
●
Appears when you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or ON.
2 Turning on the Power P. 370
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 103 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
104
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the power system temperature is low.
●
Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be
harder to start on an incline.
●
In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a
garage or preheat the power system before operating.
●
Appears when the power system temperature is
high.
●
Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be
harder to start on an incline.
●
Appears if the power system is in diagnostic mode.
●
You may notice a decrease in available power. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
●
As a result of diagnostics, the POWER SYSTEM
indicator may come on.
2 POWER SYSTEM Indicator P. 89
●
Appears after the 12-volt battery charging system
indicator comes on.
●
Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be
harder to start on an incline.
●
Contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
immediately.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 104 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
105
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the acoustic
vehicle alerting system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
●
Appears when the high voltage battery is running
extremely low.
●
Contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
immediately.
●
Appears when the fuel lid is open and you attempt to
change the gear position to a gear other than (P.
●
Close the fuel lid.
●
If the message is still displayed even after you have
confirmed that the lid is closed, the gear will not shift
out of
(P position unless you press another gear
position twice.
●
If the message does not disappear, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
●
Appears when the power system shutdown process
is taking time.
●
The power system shutdown process is taking longer
than usual. This, however, is normal, and you may leave
the vehicle in this state.
●
Appears when filling hydrogen gas is not completed
correctly.
●
Check if there is a problem at the hydrogen station.
If there is no problem, have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 105 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
106
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when fuel cell and high voltage battery
temperature is low.
●
You cannot drive the vehicle until the temperature of
the fuel cell and high voltage battery has increased.
Turn on the climate control system and wait until the
message disappears.
u You can activate the climate control system with the
smart entry system.
2 Turning the Climate Control System On and Off
with the Remote P. 195
●
If the temperature of the fuel cell drops below –4°F
(–20°C), the power system may not start. If the
temperature drops to below –22°F (–30°C), the fuel
cells or the high voltage battery will not operate and, as
a result, the vehicle will not start. Store the vehicle in a
garage or take another measure to insure that
temperature of the fuel cell and high voltage battery do
not fall below this temperature. If necessary, consult an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
●
Appears when the Fuel Cell Insulating Fluid level is
low.
●
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
2 Fuel Cell Insulating Fluid P. 19
●
Appears if the power mode is set to ON while
refueling the hydrogen gas.
●
Press the POWER button to change the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 106 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
107
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you press the fuel fill door release
button with the power mode in ON.
●
Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, then press the fuel
fill door release button.
●
Appears when you set the power mode to ON
without fastening the driver’s seat belt.
●
Appears if the gear position has been automatically
changed to (P and the driver attempts to take the
vehicle out of (P but does not have his or her
seatbelt fastened.
●
Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
2 Shift Operation P. 377
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position
without depressing the brake pedal while the
transmission is in (P or (N.
●
Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal
while the transmission is in
(P or (N.
●
Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select
a shift button.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 107 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
108
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the (P button is pressed while the
vehicle is moving.
●
Appears if you change the gear position to (R while
the vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the
vehicle is reversing.
●
Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
operating the select button.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the electric system.
●
Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while
driving.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place and set the parking
brake.
●
Resume driving if the message disappears.
●
If there is a problem with the transmission system, the
transmission system indicator comes on.
2 Transmission System Indicator P. 91
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s
seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the
vehicle may roll unintentionally.
●
Press the (P button before releasing the brake pedal
when idling, parking, or exiting the vehicle.
2 Shift Operation P. 377
●
Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed
the
(N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold
mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 379
●
Appears when you press and hold (N button for
more than 2 seconds.
●
Disappears when you set the gear position to other than
(N.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 379
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 108 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
109
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the transmission system temperature
is too high.
●
Park in a safe place, and allow the system to cool down
sufficiently.
●
Appears when you depress the accelerator pedal
while the transmission is in (N.
●
Release the accelerator pedal.
●
Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button to
start driving.
●
Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely
closed.
●
Appears if any door or the trunk is opened while
driving. The beeper sounds.
●
Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the
headlights.
●
Appears while driving - The headlights may not be
on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer as soon as possible.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 109 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
110
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically
canceled while it is in operation.
●
The beeper may sound.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold system is
turned off.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 428
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 428
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while
the automatic brake hold is in operation.
●
Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 428
●
Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 428
2 Parking Brake P. 424
●
Appears when the electric parking brake switch is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while
the electric parking brake is in operation.
●
Appears while driving - Press the electric parking
brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.
2 Parking Brake P. 424
●
Appears when the FC stack, high voltage battery and
other system control temperatures are too low to
operate (approx. –22°F [–30°C] or below).
●
You must wait for an increase in the ambient
temperature or move the vehicle to a warmer location.
●
Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 110 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
111
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with
a vehicle in front of you.
●
Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
P. 432
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled.
●
You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the
RES/+ or −/SET switch up.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears when the distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC
with LSF is in operation.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch
down while the distance between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead of you is too close.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch
down while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 111 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
112
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch
down while the transmission is not in (D.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch
down while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 112 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
113
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too high for
you to set ACC with LSF.
●
Reduce the speed, then set ACC with LSF.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears when ACC with LSF is cancelled due to
excessive vehicle speed.
●
Reduce the speed, then reset ACC with LSF.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears when the vehicle ahead of you resumes
driving, after your vehicle has been stopped
automatically by ACC with LSF.
●
Press the RES/+ or −/SET switch or depress the
accelerator pedal to resume.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch
down while the parking brake is applied.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
2 Parking Brake P. 424
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch
down while the vehicle is moving and the brake
pedal is depressed.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
●
Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your
vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 113 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
114
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. The system
also steers the vehicle to help you remain within
your driving lane.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 385
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 405
●
You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only
can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 300
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a
system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
If the VSA®, ABS, or brake system indicator or another
indicator comes on, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 86
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal or Wide
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 114 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
115
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the temperature inside the camera is
too high.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing
the LKAS button can resume the system.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 405
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
●
Appears when the area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.).
●
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer if the message does not
disappear, even after you clean the area around the
camera.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 389
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 405
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 115 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
116
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Driver Information Interface
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, fuel gauge, POWER/CHARGE gauge, high
voltage battery charge level gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when
the power mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Displays the approximate amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This
estimate is based on the fuel economy of your previous trips.
■
Speedometer
■
Fuel Gauge
■
Range
1Gauges
Press the (display/information) button
repeatedly until the icon is shown on the driver
information interface. Press ENTER, then press and
hold it again. The speedometer reading and the
displayed measurements will switch between mph
and km/h.
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the needle approaches .
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 116 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
117
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuGauges
Instrument Panel
■ Electric motor
The degree to which the electric motor is being powered is displayed by the readings
on the POWER side.
: LOW POWER Traveling only by FC STACK.
: MEDIUM POWER Traveling by FC STACK,
and by assist of the high-voltage battery
depending on the situation
: HIGH POWER Traveling by FC STACK and
assist of the high-voltage battery
■ Battery charge in progress
The degree to which the High Voltage battery is being charged is displayed by the
readings on the CHARGE side.
■
POWER/CHARGE Gauge
1Electric motor
The power output of the electric motor is restricted
when the high voltage battery charge level is running
low (2 segments or less on the gauge).
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 117 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuGauges
118
Instrument Panel
Shows the remaining high voltage battery charge level.
■
High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
1High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
When the number of bars displayed on the High
Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge becomes 2,
assist by the high-voltage battery is limited and the
vehicle output is lowered.
The high voltage battery charge level may decrease
under the following conditions:
•
When the 12-volt battery has been replaced.
•
When the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.
•
When the high voltage battery control system
corrects its reading.
The charge level reading will be corrected
automatically while driving.
Changes in the temperature of the high voltage
battery can increase or decrease the battery’s
charging capacity. If temperature changes cause the
battery’s capacity to change, the number of
indicators in the battery charge level gauge may also
change, even if the amount of charging remains the
same.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 118 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
119
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Driver Information Interface
The driver information interface shows the odometer, trip meter, outside
temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such
as warnings and other helpful information.
Press the (display/information) button and press or to change the
display. Press ENTER to see detailed information.
*1:You can add the content using the audio/information screen.
■
Switching the Display
1Switching the Display
You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents using
the audio/information screen.
2 Customizing the Meter P. 212
Press , ,
or .
Speed Unit &
Disp OFF
Fuel Cell Power
Generation
Monitor
ECO Drive
Display
MailWarning
Messages
AudioAverage Speed/
Elapsed Time
Average/Instant
Fuel Economy
Navigation &
Compass
Maintenance
Minder
TM
Average Fuel
Economy
Records
Phone
Press ENTER.
(Display/
Information) Button
*1
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 119 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
120
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Press the TRIP button to change the display.
Odometer Trip A Trip B
Outside temperature
TRIP Button
TRIP
TRIP
TRIP
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 120 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
121
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button. The trip meter
is reset to 0.0.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit.
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F if the temperature reading seems
incorrect.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in miles/kg or km/kg.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
■
Outside Temperature
■
Average Fuel Economy
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the TRIP button.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the audio/information screen’s customized
features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 300
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 121 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
122
Instrument Panel
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in miles/kg or km/kg.
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■
Instant Fuel Economy
■
Elapsed Time
■
Average Speed
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 300
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 300
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
The driver information interface shows a compass
when the route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 122 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
123
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Shows the Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 453
Shows the current audio information.
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 204
Shows the current mail information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 329
Shows the current phone information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 329
■
Maintenance Minder
TM
■
Audio
■
Mail
■
Phone
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 123 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
124
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Shows the amount of power generated by the
fuel cell.
A circle displayed in the monitor expands and
contracts to show how much power is being
generated. The larger the circle, the more
power that is being generated.
Shows the average fuel economy for the last
three driving cycles (1 – 3), and the current
driving cycle (0) in miles/kg or km/kg.
Each time you set the power mode to ON, the
display is updated, and the oldest record is
deleted.
■
Fuel Cell Power Generation Monitor
Fuel Cell Power
Generation Monitor
■
Average Fuel Economy Records
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 124 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
125
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
The vehicle icon on the display moves forward or backward while driving.
The more aggressive the acceleration is, the further the icon moves forward.
The more aggressive the deceleration is, the further the icon moves backward.
Keep the icon near the center of the circle for better fuel economy while driving.
■
Eco Drive Display
Aggressive
Deceleration
Moderate
Deceleration
Fuel-Efficient
Driving
Moderate
Acceleration
Aggressive
Acceleration
Vehicle Icon
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 125 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
127
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuHead-Up Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Head-Up Display
Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF or turn-by-turn directions along with the
vehicle speed. The displayed item changes automatically according to the current
state of the vehicle. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
To turn the head-up display on and off: Press the HUD button.
The display can be moved up and down to become level with your eyes.
To raise or lower the head-up display: Press and hold the or button until
the desired position is reached.
1Head-Up Display
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a
remote transmitter, or keyless access system, the
head-up display adjusts automatically to one of the
two preset positions.
3
4
Button
3
Button
4
HUD Button
Head-Up Display
Press and hold the button
to raise the display.
3
Press and hold the button
to lower the display.
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 127 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
128
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuHead-Up Display
Instrument Panel
The display also shows the following
warnings.
• System Message Indicator: Appears
when a problem is detected. A system
message on the driver information interface
appears at the same time.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning
and Information Messages P. 102
• Lane Departure Warning: When your
vehicle is too close to the traffic lane lines,
the lane departure warning appears.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 405
• Head-up Warning Lights:
Flash when the BRAKE message appears
on the driver information interface.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 432
Comes on when the BRAKE message
appears on the driver information interface.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 389
Lane Departure Warning
System Message Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 128 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
129
uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuHead-Up Display
Instrument Panel
Shows your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 389
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■
Vehicle Speed
■
Current Mode for ACC with LSF
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
1Vehicle Speed
Switch between mph and km/h by using the driver
information interface or the customized features on
the audio/information screen.
2 Gauges P. 116
2 Customized Features P. 300
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 129 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
130
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 130 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
131
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 132
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 133
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength.. 134
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 135
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 142
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 144
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 145
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 146
Security System ................................ 149
Immobilizer System .......................... 149
Security System Alarm...................... 149
Opening and Closing the Windows ...152
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
POWER Button................................. 154
Turn Signals..................................... 157
Light Switches.................................. 158
Daytime Running Lights ................... 161
Wipers and Washers ........................ 162
Brightness Control ........................... 164
Rear Defogger Button ...................... 166
Driving Position Memory System ...... 167
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 169
Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 170
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 170
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 171
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 172
Front Seats ...................................... 172
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items ................................................ 178
Interior Lights .................................. 178
Interior Convenience Items .............. 180
Climate Control System ................... 188
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 188
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 196
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 131 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
132
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does
not need to be adjusted.
You can also adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the
power mode in ON.
■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Clock Adjustment.
4. Select or to change hour.
5. Select or to change minute, then
select OK.
■
Adjusting the Time
1Adjusting the Clock
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 300
You can turn the clock display in the audio/
information screen on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 300
You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is
moving.
You can also adjust the clock by touching the clock
displayed on the upper right corner of the display.
1. Touch the clock on the display.
2. Select Clock Adjustment.
3. Select or to change hour.
4. Select or to change minute, then select OK.
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 132 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
133
Continued
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to turn on and off the power
system, and to lock and unlock the doors and
to open the trunk. You can also use the
remote transmitter to lock and unlock the
doors and trunk.
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
smart entry remote until it clicks.
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
keys:
•
Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•
Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•
Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand.
•
Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the power
system may not activate, and the remote transmitter
may not work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
■
Built-in Key
Built-in Key
Release Knob
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 133 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
134
Controls
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to activate the power system.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or activating
the power system may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot activate the
power system, contact an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer.
1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the smart entry remote and
the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 134 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
135
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the smart entry remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle or trunk release button.
■ Locking the doors and trunk
Press the door lock button on the front door.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors lock; and the
security system sets.
■
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior light comes on when you unlock
the doors.
No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 178
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the smart entry system,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the smart entry
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
Door Lock
Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 135 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
136
Controls
■ Locking the doors and trunk (Walk
away auto lock®)
When you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the smart entry remote, the doors will
automatically lock.
The auto lock function activates when all
doors are closed, and the smart entry remote
is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the
outside door handle.
Exit vehicle while carrying smart entry remote
and close door(s).
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated.
2. Carry the smart entry remote beyond about
5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain
outside this range for 2 or more seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors will then lock.
1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the audio/information screen.
If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
audio/information screen, only the remote
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 300
After the auto lock function has been activated,
when you stay within the locking/unlocking
operation range, the indicator on the smart entry
remote will continue to flash until the doors are
locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the
operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be delayed until all doors are closed.
Under the following circumstances, the auto lock
function will not activate:
•
The remote is inside the vehicle.
•
The remote is taken out of its operational range
before all the doors are closed.
uThe beeper will not sound.
uThe beeper will sound.
The activation range of
the auto lock function is
about 5 feet (1.5 m)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 136 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
137
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• With the smart entry remote on you, move
out of the auto lock function operation
range.
• Open any door.
1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
•
The smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
•
A door or the hood is not closed.
•
The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
•
The smart entry remote is not located within a
radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle
when you get out of the vehicle and close the
doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
•
The smart entry remote is put inside the vehicle
through a window.
•
You are located too close to the vehicle.
•
The smart entry remote is put inside the trunk.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the smart entry remote. Then, open/close a
door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper
sounds once.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 137 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
138
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors and trunk
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
u All doors unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the trunk release button:
u The trunk unlocks and opens.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 147
Trunk Release
Button
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
•
Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else
with the remote is within range.
•
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the smart entry remote is within range.
•
If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the
door sensor may be slow to respond or may not
respond by unlocking the doors.
•
After locking the door, you have up to two seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least two seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
•
The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart
entry remote if it is above or below the outside
handle.
•
The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the door and door glass.
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings
can be customized using the audio/information
screen.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 138 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
139
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors unlock.
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 300
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 479
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 300
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 139 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
140
Controls
If the lock or unlock button of the smart entry remote does not work, use the key
instead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 479
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,
the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second
time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
doors.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 300
Lock
Unlock
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 140 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
141
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using
the key, you can lock the door without it.
■ Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward
a
or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b
, and close the door.
■ Locking the rear doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
lock at the same time.
Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
inside the vehicle.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 141 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
142
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all of the other doors lock at the same
time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To Unlock
To Lock
Lock Tab
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 142 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
143
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using
the audio/information screen.
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 144
Inner Handle
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 143 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
144
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all the doors.
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■ When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/
unlock at the same time.
Master Door Lock Switch
To Unlock
To Lock
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Unlock
Lock
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 144 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
145
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.
■ Drive lock mode
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■ Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 145 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
146
Controls
Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.
■ Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
Using the Trunk Opener
Pressing the trunk opener on the driver’s door
unlocks and opens the trunk.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 528
Trunk Opener
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 146 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
147
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button
Controls
Using the Trunk Release Button
Push up the release button on the trunk lid
after the doors are unlocked.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 528
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the
trunk if you carry the smart entry remote.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
Using the Remote Transmitter
Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.
1Using the Trunk Release Button
•
If you forget the remote inside, the beeper will
sound and the trunk will not close.
•
A person who is not carrying the smart entry
remote can unlock the trunk if a person who is
carrying it is within range.
•
If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk,
move the smart entry remote away from the trunk
and close again.
•
The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the trunk.
Trunk Release
Button
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If the driver’s door is locked, the trunk will
automatically lock when you close it. Otherwise, you
will have to lock it manually.
Trunk
Release
Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 147 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
148
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener
Controls
Emergency Trunk Opener
The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety.
Slide the release lever in the direction of the
arrow.
1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.
Lever
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 148 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
149
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the power system. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use
electronic signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the POWER button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the POWER button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the POWER
button.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or smart entry system.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is
opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or smart entry system. The
system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 149 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
150
Controls
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood is closed.
• All doors and the trunk are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter
or smart entry system.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, smart entry system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system
alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•
Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•
Opening the trunk with the trunk opener or the
emergency trunk opener.
•
Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the 12-volt battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the 12-volt battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter or
smart entry system.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 150 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
151
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■ Canceling panic mode
• Press any button on the remote transmitter.
• Set the power mode to ON.
■
Panic Mode
Panic
Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 151 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
152
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors.
The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power
window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (indicator off) to open
and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s seat.
When the power window lock button is pressed, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
Driver’s
Window
Switch
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
Rear Passenger’s
Window Switches
Power
Window
Lock Button
Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 152 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
153
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
If the windows stop midway, repeat the
procedure.
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows at the
desired position. If you want further
adjustment, repeat the same operation.
■
Opening the Windows with the Remote
Unlock
Button
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
Close
Open
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 153 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
154
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
POWER Button
■
Changing the Power Mode
1POWER Button
POWER Button Operating Range
You can start the power system when the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle.
The power system may also start if the smart entry
remote is close to the door or window, even if it is
outside the vehicle.
ON mode:
The POWER button is on (in red), if the power system
is on.
If the battery of the smart entry remote is getting
low, the power system may not start when you press
the POWER button. If the power system does not
start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 504
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
The button is off.
The power to all electrical components is turned
off.
Press the button.
Without pressing
the brake pedal
ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system and other accessories
in this position.
ON
The button blinks (in red).
All electrical components can be used.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 154 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
155
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button
Continued
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the 12-volt battery.
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
beep sounds.
■
Automatic Power Off
■
Power Mode Reminder
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 155 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button
156
Controls
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/
or outside the vehicle to remind you that the
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put
back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.
■ When the power mode is in ON
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the driver information interface notifies the
driver inside that the remote is outside of the
vehicle.
■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■
Smart Entry Remote Reminder
1Smart Entry Remote Reminder
When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the power system has been turned on, you can
turn the power system off, but you can no longer use
ACCESSORY mode or restart the vehicle. Always
make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you
operate the POWER button.
Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
to go off. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is
within the system’s operational range.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 156 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
157
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
■ One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
Right Turn
Left Turn
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 157 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
158
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 96
Do not leave the lights on when the power system is
off because it will cause the 12-volt battery to
discharge.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 158 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
159
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
The headlights comes on when you unlock a
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
■
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
You can adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 300
Setting
The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
Light Sensor
Bright
Dark
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 159 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
160
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver's door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but
do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch
is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
■
Headlight Integration with Wipers
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Headlight Integration with Wipers
This feature activates when the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
You can turn the headlight integration with wipers
function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 300
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 160 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
161
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights
Controls
Daytime Running Lights
The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is AUTO, or OFF.
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake.
Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running
lights.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 161 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
162
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, AUTO, LO, HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
■
Windshield Wipers/Washers
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
When the wiper motor is kept running under heavy
load for extended periods of time, this protection
feature is activated, and the wiper speed may
decrease or motor operation may stop temporarily.
This function will be canceled within a few minutes
once the load has been reduced; the wiper operation
returns to normal.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.
MIST
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
AUTO
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 162 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
163
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
1Wipers and Washers
The washer jets are in the location shown below.
Washer Jets
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
NOTICE
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situations in order to prevent severe
damage to the wiper system:
•
Cleaning the windshield
•
Driving through a car wash
•
No rain present
Rainfall Sensor
Adjustment Ring
Low sensitivity
High sensitivity
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 163 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
164
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Press the
(+ button.
Dim: Press the (- button.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after adjusting the brightness, you
will be returned to the previous display.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the display
while you are adjusting it.
■
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
1Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight
integration with the wiper is activated, the
instrument panel brightness does not change.
To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the exterior lights are on, press the
(+ button
until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper
sounds.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
(+ Button
(- Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 164 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
165
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
When the head-up display is on, press and
hold the HUD button until its brightness level
indicator on the driver information interface.
Brighten: Press the button.
Dim: Press the button.
The driver information interface will return to
its original state several seconds after
adjusting the brightness.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the driver
information interface while you are adjusting
it.
■
Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness
1Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness
The head-up display automatically adjusts the
brightness depending on the ambient light.
HUD Button
Button
3
Button
4
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 165 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
166
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger Button
Controls
Rear Defogger Button
Press the rear defogger button to defog the
rear window when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger automatically switches off
after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside
temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, it does not automatically
switch off.
1Rear Defogger Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long time while the
power system is stopped. This may weaken the 12-
volt battery, making it difficult to turn the power
system on.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 166 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
167
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
Continued
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
You can store two driver’s seat with the driving position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or smart
entry system, the seat adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
1Driving Position Memory System
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable
the automatic seat adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 300
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 167 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
168
Controls
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear the beeper, and the
memory button indicator light will blink.
3. Press and hold memory button
(1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
u Once the seat position has been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on and you will
hear the double-beep.
1. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button (
(1 or (2).
u You will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light will blink.
The seat will automatically move to the
memorized position. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light stays on.
■
Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
•
You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
•
You readjust the seat position before the double-
beep.
•
You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2
SET Button
■
Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you:
•
Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2.
•
Adjust the seat position.
•
Put the transmission into a position other than (P.
Memory Buttons
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 168 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
169
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up
to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 169 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
170
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
When you are driving after dark, the
automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces
the glare from headlights behind you, based
on inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature
is always active.
■
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 172
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in
(R.
Sensor
Up
Down
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 170 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
171
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.
■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
The driver’s side door mirror has outer and
inner segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.
Selector
Switch
Adjustment
Switch
■
Expanded View Driver’s Mirror
1Expanded View Driver’s Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver’s
side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the
rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than
they appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.
Outer Segment
Inner Segment
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 171 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
172
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■ Adjusting the front power seats
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25
cm) between the center of the steering wheel and
the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Horizontal
Position
Adjustment
Height
Adjustment
(Driver side only)
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 172 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
173
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with
proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 173 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
174
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
■
Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Positions
1Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
•
Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•
Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•
Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 174 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
175
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
Front and rear center head restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 175 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
176
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position
Controls
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the power
system is off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 176 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
177
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.
■
Using the Front Seat Armrest
■
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 177 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
178
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any of the doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the
following situations:
•
When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
•
When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 300
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•
When you lock the driver’s door.
•
When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
•
When you set the power mode to ON.
To avoid draining the 12-volt battery, do not leave
the interior light on for an extended length of time
when the power system is off.
If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 15
minutes.
Off On
Door Activated Position
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 178 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
179
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Items uInterior Lights
Controls
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the (map light) button.
■
Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the rear map light will
not go off when you press the (map light) button.
Front
Rear
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 179 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
180
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Press the release button to open the glove
box.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
The glove box light comes on when the parking lights
are on.
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
Release Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 180 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
181
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.
You can use the card holder located in the
console compartment lid.
■
Console Compartment
Card Holder
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 181 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
182
Controls
■ Front seat beverage holders
The beverage holders have two bases, an
adjustable upper base and a fixed lower base.
For short cups, flip the upper base into
position by lowering the arm. For tall cups,
reverse the procedure.
■ Door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of the front and rear
door side pockets.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and
electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
Arm
Front
Rear
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 182 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
183
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
■ Rear seat beverage holders
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest
and open the lid to use it.
Lid
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 183 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
184
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
■ Accessory power socket (console panel)
Open the cover to use it.
■ Accessory power socket (back of the
console compartment)
Open the cover to use it.
■
Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power sockets are designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent 12-volt battery drain, only use the power
socket with the power system on.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 184 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
185
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
There is a coat hook on the rear left grab
handle. Pull it down to use it.
Pull up the cargo area floor lid.
■
Coat Hook
1Coat Hook
The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
items.
■
Under-Floor Storage Area
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 185 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
186
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
■
Seat Heaters
1Seat Heaters
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-
volt battery may be weakened, making the power
system difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one
level at a time until the seat heaters shuts off. The
elapsed time varies according to the interior
environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 186 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
187
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
To open the sunglasses holder, press and
release the indent. To close, press it again until
it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
■
Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
Press
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 187 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
188
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
Press the CLIMATE button to display A/C, MODE,
fan control information on the audio/information
screen to operate manually. Select icon to turn on or
off A/C, change the vent mode, or change the fan
speed.
If any buttons/icons are pressed while using the
climate control system in auto, the function of the
button/icon that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 188 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
189
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Continued
Controls
Use the system when the power system is on.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control dial.
3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.
/ (Fan Control)
Buttons
A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon
MODE Control Icon
(Dashboard vents and back
of the center console)
MODE Control Icon
(Dashboard and floor vents, and
back of the center console)
CLIMATE Button
Driver’s Side Temperature
Control Dial
AUTO Button
SYNC (Synchronization)
Button
Passenger’s Side
Temperature Control Dial
Plasmacluster Mark
MODE Control Icon
(Floor vents)
MODE Control Icon
(Floor and defroster vents)
(Recirculation) Button
(Auto Recirculation) Button (ON/OFF) Button
Fan Control Icon
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 189 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
190
Controls
■ Switching the vent mode
1. Press the CLIMATE button.
2. Select a desired vent mode icon.
■ A/C on and off
1. Press the CLIMATE button.
2. Select On or Off.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) is detected, and
the climate control settings are turned to the
respective mode automatically when you set the
power mode to ON.
The High Voltage battery level being low may reduce
the climate control system performance.
If any icons are not selected within several seconds
after the display is switched, it returns to the previous
screen. In this case, press the CLIMATE button again.
You can change the length of time the climate
control display stays on.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 190 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
191
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the (recirculation) or (auto recirculation) button to switch the
mode depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior
through the system.
Auto mode (indicator on): Automatically switch between the recirculation and
fresh air modes most suitable to environmental conditions. If the ambient
temperature is low, the mode may not change to recirculation to keep the windows
from fogging up.
Fresh air mode (indicators of recirculation and auto recirculation off): Maintains
outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations.
1Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
While the climate control system is in auto,
indicator comes on.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 191 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
192
Controls
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode or auto mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 192 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
193
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver’s side and the passenger’s
side in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system switches to synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control dial.
To return to dual mode, you can either press the SYNC button again or turn the dial
of the passenger’s side temperature control unit.
■
Synchronization Mode
1Synchronization Mode
When you press the button, the system changes
to synchronization mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side
temperature and the passenger’s side temperature
can be set separately.
SYNC Button
Passenger’s Side Temperature
Control Dial
Driver’s Side Temperature
Control Dial
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 193 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
194
Controls
Using air flow generated by the climate
control system or the fan blower, the
Plasmacluster air purifier helps rid the interior
of the vehicle of air-born bacteria and odors as
well as inhibit mold growth.
u The effectiveness of the purifier is
dependent on the condition of the
interior and the individuals who use the
vehicle.
■
Plasmacluster Air Purifier
1Plasmacluster Air Purifier
The Plasmacluster name and its mark are registered
trademarks of Sharp Inc.
Plasmacluster Vent
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 194 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
195
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
You can operate the climate control system from outside the vehicle.
■ To turn on the system
1. Press the lock button.
u Some exterior lights flash.
2. Within about five seconds, press and hold
the climate button.
u Some exterior lights flash.
u After about five seconds, some exterior
lights flash six times and the climate
control system is turned on.
■ To turn off the system
Press and hold the climate button.
u Some exterior lights flash and the climate
control system is turned off.
■
Turning the Climate Control System On and Off with the
Remote
1Turning the Climate Control System On and Off with the Remote
The climate control system automatically turned off
when any of the following conditions are met.
•
The system has been operated for more than 30
minutes.
•
The High Voltage battery level becomes low.
•
A door or the hood is opened.
•
The power mode is set to any mode other than OFF.
•
The brake pedal is being depressed.
The climate control system does not operate with a
remote transmitter when any of the following
conditions are met.
•
A door or the hood is not closed.
•
The power mode is set to any mode other than OFF.
•
The brake pedal is being depressed.
•
The High Voltage battery level is low.
3
WARNING
Make sure that no one is inside the vehicle
when you use the remote climate control
system. After a certain period of time has
elapsed, the system shuts off temporarily.
During this time, the interior of the vehicle
may heat up or cool down depending on
ambient temperatures. If a child is left
inside the vehicle, extreme temperature
exposure can result in death or serious
injury of the child.
Climate
Button
Lock
Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 195 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
196
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 196 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
197
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 198
USB Ports......................................... 199
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 200
Audio Remote Controls.................... 201
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 204
Audio/Information Screen ................ 205
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 229
Display Setup ................................... 230
Voice Control Operation .................. 232
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 236
Playing SiriusXM® Radio ................... 240
Playing an iPod ................................ 248
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)...................... 251
Playing Pandora® ............................. 255
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 257
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 260
HondaLink® ..................................... 262
Wi-Fi Connection............................. 267
Siri® Eyes Free .................................. 269
Apple CarPlay
TM
............................... 270
Android Auto
TM
................................ 273
Audio Error Messages ...................... 277
General Information on the Audio
System
............................................. 281
Customized Features
............................300
HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver
.......326
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 329
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 197 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
198
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also play
USB flash drives, and iPod®, iPhone® and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the
remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface.
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio,
contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 281
SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
iPod®, iPhone® and iTunes® are trademarks of Apple
Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Remote Controls
iPod®
USB Flash
Drive
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 198 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
199
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
Features
USB Ports
Install the device USB connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port.
u The USB port (1.5A) is for charging
devices, playing audio files and
connecting compatible phones with
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
u The USB port (1.0A) is for playing audio
files on the USB flash drive and
connecting a cellular phone and
charging device.
1USB Ports
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
•
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
The USB port can supply up to 1.0A or 1.5A of
power. It does not output 1.0A or 1.5A unless
requested by the device.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Turn the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
USB charge
USB Port (1.5A)
USB Port (1.0A)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 199 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
200
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the 12-volt battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the
system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Select and hold the audio system power icon for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer and
have the audio unit checked.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 200 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
201
uuAudio System uAudio Remote Controls
Continued
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the driver information interface.
Buttons
Press or to cycle through the audio
mode as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM® USB iPod
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® Apple
CarPlay/Android Auto
ENTER Button
• When listening to the radio and SiriusXM®
1. Press ENTER to switch the display to a preset list you stored in the preset buttons.
2. Press or to select a preset, then press ENTER.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
1. Press ENTER to display the folder list.
2. Press or to select a folder.
3. Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in that folder.
4. Press or to select a track, then press ENTER.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some modes appear only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be available.
Press the (Hang-up/back) button to go back
to the previous command or cancel a command.
Press the button to switch display.
2 Switching the Display P. 205
Button
ENTER Button
Button
(+ (- Bar
Button
Button
3
Button
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 201 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
202
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
• When listening to an iPod
1. Press ENTER to display the iPod music list.
2. Press or to select a category.
3. Press ENTER to display a list of items in the category.
4. Press or to select an item, then press ENTER.
u Press ENTER and press or repeatedly until the desired mode you want
to listen to is displayed.
• When listening to Pandora®
1. Press ENTER to display the station list.
2. Press or to select an item, then press ENTER.
• When listening to Bluetooth® Audio
1. Press ENTER to display the track list.
2. Press or to select a track, then press ENTER.
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 202 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
203
uuAudio System uAudio Remote Controls
Features
(+ (- (Volume) Bar
Press (+: To increase the volume.
Press
(-: To decrease the volume.
Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora®
Press : To skip to the next track.
Press and hold : To select the next station.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 203 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
204
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
: Select to go to the home screen.
2 Using the audio/information screen
P. 206
: Select to display available options
including Sound, View Radio Text, Music
Search, and playback modes.
: Select to go back to the previous screen
when the icon is illuminated.
(Day/Night): Select to change the
audio/information screen brightness.
Select once and select
(- or (+ to make
an adjustment.
u Each time you select , the mode
switches among the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
1Audio System Basic Operation
Audio Menu Items
2 Station List P. 237, 238
2 Music Search List P. 249, 258
2 Scan P. 238, 239, 247, 259
2 Play Mode P. 250, 259
(Day/Night) Icon
(Home) Icon
(Back) Icon
(Menu) Icon
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 204 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
205
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this display, you can go to various
setup options.
■ Using the button
Press the (display) button to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
1Using the button
You can edit, add, and delete the contents shown on
the driver information interface.
2 Customizing the Meter P. 212
Driver Information
Interface
(Display) Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 205 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
206
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Using the audio/information screen
Select to go to the home screen.
Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, Navigation, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection (Apple CarPlay, Android Auto), App List, or Instrument Panel.
■ Phone
Displays the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 329
Home Screen
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 206 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
207
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Info
Displays Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper. Select on the Info Menu screen
to see all available options: Trip Computer, Voice Info, Clock/Wallpaper,
System/Device Information and Vehicle energy.
Trip Computer:
• Current Drive tab: Displays the current trip information.
• History of Trip A tab: Displays information for the three previous drives. The
information is stored every time you reset Trip A.
To delete the history manually, select Delete history on the History of Trip A
tab. The confirmation message appears on the screen, then select Yes.
Voice Info: Displays a list of all voice commands.
Clock/Wallpaper: Displays the clock and wallpaper.
System/Device Information:
• System Info: Displays the software version of the audio system.
• USB Info: Displays the memory usage of the USB device.
Vehicle energy:
Displays the energy flow screen.
2 Energy flow screen P. 209
■ Audio
Displays the current audio information.
1Audio/Information Screen
Touchscreen operation
•
Use simple gestures - including touching, swiping
and scrolling - to operate certain audio functions.
•
Some items may be grayed out during driving to
reduce the potential for distraction.
•
You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or
use voice commands.
•
Wearing gloves may limit or prevent touchscreen
response.
You can change the touchscreen sensitivity setting.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 207 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
208
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Settings
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 300
■ Navigation
Displays the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ HondaLink®
Displays the Hondalink® screen.
2 HondaLink® P. 262
■ Smartphone Connection
Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
2 Apple CarPlay
TM
P. 270
2 Android Auto
TM
P. 273
■ App List
Adds or removes apps or widgets on the Home screen.
2 Home Screen P. 218
■ Instrument Panel
Selects from three customizable settings for the driver information interface.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 208 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
209
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Energy flow screen
The energy flow screen shows the vehicle’s power flow, average fuel economy, and
range.
1Energy flow screen
While the vehicle is stationary with the FC system
operating, the following may appear on the display.
Average Fuel Economy
Hydrogen Fuel Level
Gauge
High Voltage Battery
Level Gauge
FC Stack Icon Driving Range by Hydrogen Fuel
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 209 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
210
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Shows the FC system power flow, indicating what is supplying power to the vehicle
and/or charging the battery.
u The indicator for the power transmission appears in blue, and for the battery
charging operation, in green.
Display
Color of
indicators
Vehicle’s Condition
Blue
While Driving:
Power is being supplied by the
FC system.
Blue
While Driving:
Power is being supplied by the
High Voltage battery.
Blue
While Driving:
Power is being supplied by the
High Voltage battery and FC
system.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 210 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
211
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
Display
Color of
indicators
Vehicle’s Condition
Green
While Decelerating:
High Voltage battery is being
charged by regenerative
braking and FC system.
Blue and Green
While Driving:
Power is being supplied and
the High Voltage battery is
being charged by the FC
system.
Green
When Stopped:
The vehicle is idle (standby
state) and the High Voltage
battery is being charged by the
FC system.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 211 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
212
Features
1. Select .
2. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
4. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents on the driver information interface.
1.
2. Settings
3. System
4. Configuration of Instrument Panel
■
Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout
■
Customizing the Meter
1Customizing the Meter
You can store up to three customized configurations.
To select or customize a configuration, press Swap
Config..
When you select Swap Config. during
customization, the settings you changed will be
saved.
When you select during customization, the
settings you changed will not be saved and you will
be returned to the Configuration of Instrument
Panel screen.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 212 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
213
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Editing order
To change the order of the icons on the driver information interface, first select:
1. Edit Order
2. Select the icon you want to move.
u You will see arrows on both sides of the
selected icon.
3. Select the left or right arrow repeatedly to
move the icon to your desired position.
4. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the
Configuration of Instrument Panel
screen.
1Editing order
You can use an alternative method to change the
order of the icons. First select:
1. Edit Order
2. Select and hold the icon you want to move.
3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to
be.
4. Select OK.
uThe screen will return to the Configuration of
Instrument Panel screen.
Edit Order
Select
Arrow icons OK
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 213 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
214
Features
■ Adding contents
You can add icons to the driver information interface. To add icons, first select:
1. Add
2. Select an icon you want to add.
u You will see a plus mark on the upper
right hand corner of the selected icon.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the
Configuration of Instrument Panel
screen.
1Adding contents
Icons that are grayed out cannot be selected.
If an icon has a plus mark in the upper-right corner, it
means that the icon has already been added.
Add
Select
OK
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 214 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
215
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Deleting contents
To delete contents on the driver information interface, first select:
1. Delete
2. Select an icon you want to delete.
u The icon with an on the upper right
hand corner can be deleted.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the
Configuration of Instrument Panel
screen.
1Deleting contents
You can also delete contents by selecting:
1. Delete or Edit Order
2. Select and hold an icon you want to delete.
3. Drag and drop the icon to the trash icon.
4. Select OK.
uThe screen will return to the Configuration of
Instrument Panel screen.
Delete
Select
OK
X
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 215 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
216
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Ports P. 199
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Clock.
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open
the Wallpaper tab.
5. Select Add New.
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Select Start Import to save the data.
u The display will return to the wallpaper
list.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
The wallpaper you set up on Clock Wallpaper/Type
cannot be displayed on the driver information
interface.
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 5 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 4,096 × 4,096 pixels. If
the image size is less than 800 × 480 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
After changing the screen interface design, you can
change the wallpaper by following procedure.
1. Select .
2. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.
The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Change wallpaper.
4. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 216 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
217
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Set.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
■ To view wallpaper once it is set
1. Select .
2. Select Info.
3. Select .
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper.
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a wallpaper that you want to delete.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Delete.
u A confirmation message appears on the screen.
6. Select Yes to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, select Preview to see a
preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, select OK, or
select .
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
To delete all wallpapers you add, select Delete All,
then Yes.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 217 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
218
Features
■ To change to a next screen
Selecting or , or swiping the screen left or right changes to the next screen.
■
Home Screen
1Home Screen
The home screen has 5 pages (fixed). You cannot add
any more pages.
Select to go directly back to the first page of the
home screen from any page.
Swipe
Icon
Icon Current page position
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 218 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
219
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To use apps or widgets
1. Select .
2. Select App List.
u The App screen appears.
3. Select the app or widget you want to use.
Preinstall app list:
• Calculator: Displays Calculator.
• Downloads: Displays the data
downloaded from the web browser and so
on.
• App Installer: Check with a Honda dealer
for apps that are available for installation.
1To use apps or widgets
Select and hold a selected app or widget to add that
app’s or widget’s shortcut on the home screen.
Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this
occurs, you need to reset the system.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 325
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all
the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 325
In case those apps still do not startup normally even
after Factory Data Reset, contact an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
Do not install apps other than those confirmed by a
Honda dealer. Installation of unauthorized apps may
introduce data corruption risks to your vehicle’s
information and your privacy.
You can delete user installed apps by the following
procedure.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Detail Information.
6. Select Apps.
7. Select an app that you want to delete.
8. Select Delete.
Pre-installed apps cannot be deleted.
App List Icon
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 219 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
220
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To add app or widget icons on the home screen
App or widget icons can be added on the home screen.
1. Select .
2. Select .
3. Select and hold empty space on the home
screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Add App or Add Widget.
u The App/Widget screen appears.
Select and hold.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 220 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
221
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
5. Select and hold an app or widget icon you
want to add.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
6. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
7. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 221 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
222
Features
■ To move icons on the home screen
You can change location on the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To move icons on the home screen
You can also move the Phone, Info, Audio,
Settings, Navigation, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection, App List, and Instrument Panel icons
in the same manner.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 222 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
223
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To remove icons on the home screen
You can delete the icons on the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon you want to remove
to the trash icon.
u The icon is removed from the home
screen.
3. Select OK.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To remove icons on the home screen
You cannot delete the Phone, Info, Audio,
Settings, Navigation, HondaLink, Smartphone
Connection, App List, and Instrument Panel
icons.
Apps or widgets will not be deleted by deleting the
icon on the home screen.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop to
the trash icon.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 223 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
224
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To change the home screen wallpaper
You can change a wallpaper of the home screen.
1. Select and hold empty space on the home
screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
2. Select Change wallpaper.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select an app for selecting wallpapers.
4. Select the wallpaper you want to change.
5. Select Set wallpaper.
u The wallpaper is changed, then the
screen will return to the home screen.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 224 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
225
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
1. Swipe the upper area of the screen.
u The status area appears.
2. Select an item to see the details.
3. Select or swipe up the bottom bar to
close the area.
■
Status Area
Swipe
Status Area Bar
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 225 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
226
Features
You can change the screen interface design.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Change Skin.
6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
■
Changing the Screen Interface
1Changing the Screen Interface
After changing the screen interface design, you can
change the wallpaper by following procedure.
1. Select .
2. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.
The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Change wallpaper.
4. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.
If you change the screen interface, some of the
setting items will change.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 226 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
227
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can change menu icons on the right side of Audio, Phone, and Info screen.
1. Select and hold menu icon.
2. Select or icon, then Audio, Phone,
or Info from Menu Customize.
3. Select and hold the menu icon you want to
change, then drag and drop the icon to the
bottom.
4. Select and hold the menu icon you want to
add, then drag and drop the icon to above.
5. Select OK.
■
Menu Customize
1Menu Customize
You can also use the method below to change menu
icon:
Select Settings System Home tab Menu Icon
Position
Select and hold
Menu Icons
To change Menu Icon
To add
Drag and drop
Drag and drop
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 227 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
228
Features
You can close specific apps running in the background on the system.
1. Select and hold .
2. Select the Active tab.
u If you select the Active/History tab, you
can close the apps that are currently
running and delete the app activity
history simultaneously.
3. Select an app you want to close.
4. Select Clear.
u The display will return to the app list.
■
Closing Apps
1Closing Apps
If you have a number of apps running in the
background and something goes wrong with the
audio system, some of those apps may not work
properly. If this happens, close all the apps and re-
launch the app/apps that you want to use.
To close all apps on the system, select Clear All, then
Yes.
You cannot close the HondaLink® and Garmin apps.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 228 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
229
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Select .
2. Select Audio.
3. Select .
4. Select Sound.
Select a tab from the following choices:
• BAS-MID-TRE: Bass, Middle, Treble
• FAD-BAL-SUBW: Fader, Balance,
Subwoofer
• SVC∙Neural: Speed Volume
Compensation, DTS Neural Surround
TM
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
You can also turn on and off the DTS Neural
Surround
TM
setting by selecting Neural on the audio/
information screen.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 229 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
230
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Display Settings.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Background Color.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 230 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
231
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Select the current source icon, then select an icon on the source list to switch the
audio source.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
■
Selecting an Audio Source
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Select the source icon.
Source Select Screen
Source List Icons
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 231 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
232
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.
The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on
the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights in the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands.
Available voice command P. 233
• Close the windows.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone in
the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
■
Voice Recognition
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
1Voice Recognition
The voice control system can only be used from the
driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
noises from the front passenger’s side.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 232 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
233
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
When the (Talk) button is pressed,
available voice commands appear on the
screen.
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice
Help” after the beep or select Voice Help.
You can see the list of commands in Voice
Info on the Info Menu screen. Select Info,
then select .
The system only recognizes the commands
on the following pages, at certain screens.
Free form voice commands are not
recognized.
■
Voice Portal Screen
■ Phone Call
This can be only used when the phone is
connected. When the system recognizes the
Phone call command, the screen will
change to the voice recognition screen for
phone commands.
• Dial by Number
• Call History
• Redial
• Call <Your contact Name>
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call Police
• Call 911
Phone Call commands are not available if
using Apple CarPlay.
■ Music Search
This can be only used when the iPod or USB
device is connected.
■ Climate Control
When the system recognizes the Climate
Control command, the screen will change
the dedicated screen to the climate control
voice recognition screen.
2 Climate Control Commands P. 235
■ Audio
When the system recognizes the Audio
command, the screen will change to the
audio voice recognition screen.
• Audio On
*1
• Audio Off
*1
• Radio FM
• Radio AM
• Radio SXM
• PANDORA
• iPod
• USB
• Other Sources
Pandora® cannot be used while Android
Auto is active.
■ Navigation
The screen changes to the navigation
screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ HondaLink®
This can be only used when the phone is
connected.
*1: These commands toggle the function
on and off, so the command may not match
your intended action.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 233 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
234
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
■ Voice Setting
The screen changes to the Voice Recog.
tab on the System Settings screen.
■ Voice Help
You can see a list of the available
commands on the screen.
• Useful Commands
• Phone Commands
• Audio Commands
• On Screen Commands
• Music Search Commands
• General Commands
• Climate Control Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
voice portal top screen.
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call <Your contact Name>
• What time is it?
• What is today’s date?
■
Useful Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the phone.
• Call by number
• Call by name
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call <Your contact Name>
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
■ Radio FM Commands
• Radio tune to <87.7-107.9> FM
• Radio tune to <87.7 -107.9> HD <1-8>
FM
• Preset <1-12>
■ Radio AM Commands
• Radio tune to <530-1710> AM
• Preset <1-6>
■
Phone Commands
■
Audio Commands
■ Radio SXM Commands
• SXM channel <1-999>
• SXM channel <channel name, category
name, traffic and weather city name,
sports team name>
• SXM preset <1-12>
■ Pandora Commands
• PANDORA play
■ iPod Commands
• iPod play
• iPod play track <1-30>
• Music Search
• What album is this?
• What am I listening to?
■ USB Commands
• USB play
• USB play track <1-30>
• Music Search
• What album is this?
• What am I listening to?
■ Bluetooth® audio Commands
• Bluetooth® audio play
NOTE:
Bluetooth® Audio commands may not work
on some phones or Bluetooth® Audio devices.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 234 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
235
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
When On Screen Commands is selected,
the explanation screen is displayed.
The system accepts these commands on the
Music Search screen.
■ Using Song By Voice
Song By Voice
TM
is a feature that allows you
to select music from your iPod or USB device
using Voice Commands. To activate this
mode, you must push the talk switch and
say: “Music search”.
■ Song By Voice Commands
• What am I listening to?
• Who am I listening to?
• Who is this?
• What’s playing?
• Who’s playing?
• What album is this?
■
On Screen Commands
■
Music Search Commands
■ Play Commands
• Play artist <Name>
• Play track/song <Name>
• Play album <Name>
• Play genre/category <Name>
• Play playlist <Name>
• Play composer <Name>
■ List Commands
• List artist <Name>
• List album <Name>
• List genre/category <Name>
• List playlist <Name>
• List composer <Name>
• What time is it?
• What is today’s date?
■
General Commands
• Climate Control On
*1
• Climate Control Off
*1
• Fan speed <1-7>
• Temperature max heat
• Temperature max cool
• Temperature <57-87> degrees
• Defrost On
*1
• Defrost Off
*1
• Air conditioner On
*1
• Air conditioner Off
*1
• More
• Climate Control Automatic
• Vent
• Dash and floor
• Fan speed up
• Fan speed down
• Floor vents
• Floor and Defrost
• Temperature up
• Temperature down
*1: These commands toggle the function
on and off, so the command may not match
your intended action.
■
Climate Control Commands
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 235 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
236
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous display.
/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon
Select to turn the audio system
on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Tune Icons
Select or to tune the radio frequency.
Audio/Information Screen
Scan Icon
Select to scan each station with a strong signal.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio frequency.
Select and hold the preset icon to
store that station. Select to
display preset 7 onwards.
Driver Information Interface
Seek Icons
Select or to search the selected band
up or down for a station with a strong signal.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 236 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
237
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
Lists the strongest stations on the selected band.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select Refresh.
■
Preset Memory
■
Station List
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the or button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 201
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
preset memory.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD Radio
TM
and the HD, HD Radio, and
“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 237 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
238
Features
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Cancel or .
Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio
TM
station is selected while listening to
an FM station.
1. Select .
2. Select HD Radio Subchannel.
3. Select the channel number.
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the Station List tab.
3. Select Refresh.
■
Scan
■
HD Subchannel
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 238 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
239
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Select .
2. Select View Radio Text.
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
To turn off scan, select Cancel or .
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 239 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
240
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous display.
/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Category Icons
Select or to display and select a
SiriusXM® Radio category.
Audio/Information Screen
Scan Icon
Select to scan each channel.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio station.
Select and hold the preset icon to
store that station. Select to
display preset 7 onwards.
Skip Icons
Select or to change section in the channel.
Select and hold to move rapidly within the section.
Driver Information Interface
Album Art
Station Art
Channel Icons
Select or to the previous
or next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10
channels at a time.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 240 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
241
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
1. Select .
2. Select Tune Mode.
3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
■
To Change the Tune Mode
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the or button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 201
Tune Start:
When you change to a preset channel, a song being
played on that channel restarts from the beginning
with this function. This can be turned on or off from
the Audio settings screen.
2 Customized Features P. 300
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 241 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
242
Features
To store a channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
u If Multiple Channel Mix Preset setting to On, then select Replace.
You can also store a channel by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
■ Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
You can store up to five of your preferred music channels to preset numbers.
1. Tune a station.
2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.
3. Select the Preset tab.
4. Select and hold the preset number you
want to add a music channel.
u A message appears if there are no
available presets.
5. Select Combine.
■
Preset Memory
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset
memory.
1Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup
the Multiple Channel Mix Preset setting to On.
2 Customized Features P. 300
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 242 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
243
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Select the open/close icon to display a channel list.
2. Select the Channel tab.
3. Select the featured channel list title you want to listen to.
u The selected channel list of the title is displayed.
4. Select the channel.
■
Listening to Featured Channels
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
displayed.
Featured channel lists are at the top of the channel
list.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 243 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
244
Features
The system can record up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel’s
broadcast, as well as the last 30 minutes of your preset channel’s broadcast, starting
from the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to a preset channel, the
system records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You
can rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast.
1. Select .
2. Select Playback.
3. Move the time marker to the position you want to replay.
The following items are available on the pop-up screen:
(Skip Down): Skips to the previously stored channel. Select and hold to fast-
rewind the current selection.
(Skip Up): Skips to the next channel. Select and hold to fast-forward the
current selection.
(15sec Back): Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and
hold to fast-rewind the current selection.
(15sec Skip): Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select
and hold to fast-forward the current selection.
u Select OK to close the pop-up menu. Replay in playback mode continues.
To play or pause on playback mode:
1. Select .
2. Select Play/Pause.
■
Replay Function
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the
power mode is turned off as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will
automatically start deleting the oldest data.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
When you listen a multi-channel preset while at the
playback mode, the replayed segment is not
displayed.
Audio/Information Screen
(C)
(B)
(A)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 244 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
245
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
■ Returning to real-time broadcast
1. Select .
2. Select Go to Live.
While listening to other channels, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from
the games of your favorite teams.
■ To set up a favorite team
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Favorite Team.
6. Select a team.
■ To set up an alert message
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Interrupt.
6. Select On(One Time) or On(Continue).
■
Live Sports Alert
1Live Sports Alert
The sports alert function is available in SiriusXM®
mode only.
1To set up a favorite team
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
Selecting On(One Time) from the customized
settings disables the alert feature next time you turn
the power mode to ON.
2 Customized Features P. 300
You can also set up a favorite team by the following
procedure.
1. Select Audio.
2. Select .
3. Select Setting.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 245 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
246
Features
■ To set up an alert beep
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
5. Select Interrupt Beep.
6. Select On.
■ Receiving a sports alert
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert.
2. Select Listen.
u You can use the same items as the playback mode pop-up screen.
2 Replay Function P. 244
To go back to the previous screen, select Back.
■ Listening to a missed sports alert
If you have missed a sports alert:
1. Select .
2. Select SportsFlash List.
3. Select alert.
1To set up an alert beep
You can also set up a alert beep by the following
procedure.
1. Select Audio.
2. Select .
3. Select Setting.
4. Select SportsFlash Setup.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 246 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
247
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
You can receive traffic and weather information.
■ To set up a traffic & weather information
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
5. Select the region.
u When you do not want to receive the information, select Unregistered.
■ Listening a traffic and weather information
1. Select .
2. Select Traffic & Weather.
u Play mode can also use the any items same as playback mode.
2 Replay Function P. 244
To go back to the previous screen, select OK.
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Select Scan.
2. Select Scan Channels.
u You can select the desired channel by songs using Scan Song in Preset.
To turn off scan, select Cancel.
■
Traffic and Weather Information
■
Scan
1Traffic and Weather Information
The traffic and weather information function at
SiriusXM® mode only.
You can also set up the traffic and weather
information by the following procedure.
1. Select Audio.
2. Select .
3. Select Setting.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of
SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
1Scan
The “Scan Songs in Preset” function is based on
TuneScan
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured Favorites
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
TuneScan
TM
and Featured Favorites
TM
are registered
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 247 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
248
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Ports P. 199
*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Song Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon
Select to turn the audio system
on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Cover Art
Audio/Information Screen
Play/Pause Icon
Driver Information Interface
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 248 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Select and select Music Search.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 277
If you operate any music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the audio system,
you may no longer be able to operate the same app
on the audio/information screen.
Reconnect the device if necessary.
Category
Selection
Item Selection
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 249 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
250
Features
You can select shuffle and repeat modes when playing a file.
Select a play mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in
random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in
random order.
Repeat: Repeats the current track.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 250 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
251
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Continued
Features
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Use SBV to search for and play music from your USB flash drive or iPod using voice
commands.
■ To enable SBV
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Song by Voice.
6. Select On or Off.
1Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Setting options:
•
On (factory default): Song By Voice
TM
commands
are available.
•
Off: Disable the feature.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 251 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
252
Features
■ Searching for music using SBV
1. Set the Song by Voice setting to On.
2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Music
Search” to activate the SBV feature for the
USB flash drive and iPod.
3. Then, say a next command.
u Example 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’” to view
a list of songs by that artist. Select the
desired song to start playing.
u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’” to start
playing songs by that artist.
4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/
back) button on the steering wheel. The
selected song continues playing.
Once you have canceled this mode, you need
to press the button and say “Music
Search” again to re-activate this mode.
1Searching for music using SBV
Song By Voice
TM
Commands List
2 Song By Voice Commands P. 235
NOTE:
Song By Voice
TM
commands are available for tracks
stored on the USB flash drive or iPod.
You can add phonetic modifications of difficult
words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,
songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 253
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 252 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
253
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV
to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when
searching for music on the USB flash drive or iPod.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Song by Voice Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select New Modification.
7. Select USB or iPod.
■
Phonetic Modification
1Phonetic Modification
Song by Voice Phonetic Modification function is
not available when Song by Voice is set to Off.
You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification
items.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 253 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
254
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
8. Select the item to modify (e.g., Artist).
u The list of the selected item appears on
the screen.
9. Select an entry to modify.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
u To listen to the current phonetic
modification, select Play.
u To delete the current phonetic
modification, select Delete.
10. Select Modify.
11. Select the phonetic spelling you want to
use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.
12. Select OK.
u The artist “No Name” is phonetically
modified to “Artist A.” When in the
SBV mode, you can press the (Talk)
button and use the voice command
“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the
artist “No Name.”
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 254 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
255
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
Continued
Features
Playing Pandora®
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a
compatible smartphone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using
your USB cable to the USB port.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
2 USB Ports P. 199
1Playing Pandora®
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is only available in certain countries. Visit the Pandora
website for more information.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
one of your favorite artists, tracks, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
If your phone is connected to Android Auto,
Pandora® is only available through the Android Auto
interface. Visit the Android Auto website to check
compatibility.
Audio/Information
Screen
Cover Art
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the
volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the
previous display.
/AUDIO (Power/Audio)
Icon
Select to turn the audio
system on and off.
(Menu) Icon
Select to display the
menu items.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a track.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a track.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a track.
Driver Information
Interface
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 255 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
256
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
• Bookmark
• Station List
• New Station
• Switch USB device
• Sound
• Setting
■ Operating a menu item
1. Select .
2. Select an item.
■
Pandora® Menu
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 279
Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.
To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu,
select Station List, and then select a new station. It
also changes stations on the main Pandora® screen.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 256 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
257
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Ports P. 199
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Track Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track.
/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon
Select to turn the audio system on
and off.
Open/Close Icon
*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(Menu) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Folder Icons
Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.
Audio/Information Screen
Driver Information Interface
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 257 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
258
Features
1. Select and select Music Search.
2. Select Music.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a track.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 281
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 277
Folder Selection
Track Selection
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 258 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
259
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
■ Scan
1. Select .
2. Select Scan.
3. Select a play mode.
■ Random/Repeat
Select a play mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
To turn off Scan, select or Cancel.
To turn off Random/Repeat, select the mode again.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 259 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
260
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
*1:Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some or all of the lists may not
be displayed.
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible.
To check if your phone is compatible, visit
automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/.
It may be illegal to perform some data device
functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
The connected phone for Bluetooth® Audio can be
different.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to
play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone is
unavailable. However, a second previously paired
phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by selecting
Connect from the Bluetooth Device List.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
Audio/Information
Screen
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the
volume.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the
previous display.
/AUDIO (Power/
Audio) Icon
Select to turn the
audio system on and
off.
(Menu) Icon
Select to display
the menu items.
Group Icons
Select or to change group.
Pause Icon
Play Icon
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Track Icons
Select or to change tracks.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the
detailed
information.
Driver Information
Interface
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 260 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
261
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to the system.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Select the play icon or pause icon.
1. Select .
2. Select Music Search.
3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
4. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
You can change the connected phone in the
Bluetooth® settings on the Audio Menu screen by
the following procedure.
1. Select .
2. Select Setting.
■
Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 261 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
262
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
HondaLink®
HondaLink® connects you to the latest information from Honda. You can connect
your phone wirelessly through Wi-Fi or Bluetooth®.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 267
2 Phone Setup P. 337
■ Places
Displays restaurants, Honda dealer, and so on. You can also navigate to the found
locations via the navigation.
■ Vehicle
Displays instruction messages when the vehicle needs service.
■ Help & Support
Displays tips for vehicle usage, and get support via road side or customer service
center.
■
HondaLink® Menu
1HondaLink®
The HondaLink® connect app is compatible with most
iPhone and Android phones.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
When Apple CarPlay or Android Auto is connected to
the audio system, HondaLink® can be accessed even
without a Wi-Fi connection.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 262 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
263
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Continued
Features
■ Messages from Honda
Displays helpful and important information from Honda.
■ Weather
Displays a weekly five-day weather forecast for any location you want. You can
change the ZIP Code at any time.
Use the following procedure to connect to HondaLink® service.
■ To enable the HondaLink® service
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Info.
4. Select the HondaLink tab.
5. Select Diagnostic & Location Data.
6. Select On.
You need to allow the consent of the location
service to enable the HondaLink® service.
Enable once: Allows only one time. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
■
To Set Up to Connect HondaLink® Service
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 263 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
264
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
■ To link with HondaLink®
You can see the Connection Guide screen
after launching HondaLink®. If you do not
need this guide, select check-box and select
OK.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 264 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
265
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Continued
Features
You can check the messages that are received quickly in the shortcut operation.
1. A message appears and notifies you of a
new message on the header area.
u When the message is received, a
notification ring can be heard.
2. A message icon is continuously displayed in
the header area until the new message is
read.
■
Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips
Message Icon
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 265 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
266
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
3. From the top of the screen, swipe down to
see the messages.
4. Select a new message to open.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 266 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
267
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
Continued
Features
Wi-Fi Connection
You can connect the Display Audio to the Internet using Wi-Fi and browse websites
or use online services on the audio/information screen. If your phone has wireless
hotspot capabilities, the system can be tethered to the phone. Use the following
steps to setup.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth/Wi-Fi.
4. Select the Wi-Fi tab.
5. Select Wi-Fi On/Off Status, then On.
6. Select Wi-Fi Device List.
u Make sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is
in access point (tethering) mode.
u Select the phone you want to connect to
the system.
u If you do not find the phone you want to
connect in the list, select Scan.
7. Select Connect.
u If needed, enter a password for your
phone and select OK.
u When the connection is successful, the
icon is displayed on the top of the
screen.
8. Select to go back to the home screen.
■
Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
1Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
You cannot go through the setting procedure while a
vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to setup the
Wi-Fi connection.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
Check your phone manual to find out if the phone
has Wi-Fi connectivity.
You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or
off with the icon on Wi-Fi Device List. Network
speed will not be displayed on this screen.
12ᾉ34
AAAAA
BBBBB
CCCCC
DDDDD
EEEEE
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 267 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
268
Features
Make sure your phone's Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode.
■
Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
1Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
You may need to go through an initial setup for Wi-Fi
connection again after you boot your phone.
iPhone users
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 268 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
269
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri® Eyes Free
Features
Siri® Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your
iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
■
Using Siri Eyes Free
1Siri® Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri
Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.
1Using Siri Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
(Talk) Button
Press and hold until the display
changes as shown.
(Hang-up/back) Button
Press to deactivate Siri Eyes Free.
While in Siri Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appear.
Appears when Siri is activated
in Siri Eyes Free
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 269 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
270
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
TM
Features
Apple CarPlay
TM
If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB
port, you can use the audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to
make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Ports P. 199
■ Phone
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.
■ Messages
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
■ Music
Play music stored on your iPhone.
■
Apple CarPlay Menu
1Apple CarPlay
TM
Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later
are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible
apps.
To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the
USB port (1.5A). The USB port (1.0A) will not enable
Apple CarPlay operation.
2 USB Ports P. 199
To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function,
press Phone on the home screen. While connected
to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple
CarPlay. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth®
HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach
the USB cable from your iPhone.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 271
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is
not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
previously paired phones can stream audio via
Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining
to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
: Select the Honda
icon to go back to
the Home screen
Home screen
Apple CarPlay icon
Apple CarPlay menu screen
Go back to the Apple
CarPlay menu screen
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 270 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
271
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
TM
Features
■ Maps
Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your
iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB port, use the
following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the
transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed,
and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need
to consent to the sharing of this information on the Display Audio Screen.
■ Enabling Apple CarPlay
Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone settings menu.
■
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
1Apple CarPlay
TM
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
homepage for information on compatible apps.
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
You can also use the method below to set up Apple
CarPlay:
Select HOME Settings Smartphone Apple
CarPlay
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to /from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 271 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
TM
272
Features
Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.
■
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Siri.
•
What movies are playing today?
•
Call dad at work.
•
What song is this?
•
How’s the weather tomorrow?
•
Read my latest email.
•
Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit
www.apple.com/ios/siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.
Press again to deactivate Siri.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 272 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
273
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Continued
Features
Android Auto
TM
When you connect an Android phone to the Display Audio system via the 1.5A USB
port, Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto,
you can use the audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps
(Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use
Android Auto, a tutorial will appear on the screen.
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
Android Auto.
2 USB Ports P. 199
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 275
1Android Auto
TM
To use Android Auto, you need to download the
Android Auto app from Google Play to your
smartphone.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are
compatible with Android Auto.
Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto
phone.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the
USB port (1.5A). The USB port (1.0A) will not enable
Android Auto operation.
2 USB Ports P. 199
When your Android phone is connected to Android
Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 273 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
274
Features
a Maps (Navigation)
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other
inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The audio/information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
b Phone (Communication)
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
c Google Now (Home screen)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear
just when they’re needed.
■
Android Auto Menu
1Android Auto
TM
For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Android Auto Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
with an active cellular connection and data plan.
Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
Auto functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
: Go back to
the Home screen
Android Auto icon
6
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 274 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
275
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Features
d Music and audio
Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto.
To switch between music apps, press this icon.
e Go back to the Home Screen.
f Voice
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 1.5A USB port, Android
Auto is automatically initiated.
■ Enabling Android Auto
Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone settings menu.
■
Auto Pairing Connection
1Enabling Android Auto
Only initialize Android Auto when you safely parked.
When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will
need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is
possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came
with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android
Auto settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
Select HOME Settings Smartphone Android
Auto
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to /from your phone by Android Auto is
governed by the Google’s Privacy Policy.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 275 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
276
Features
Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice.
■
Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
voice recognition:
•
Reply to text.
•
Call my wife.
•
Navigate to Honda.
•
Play my music.
•
Send a text message to my wife.
•
Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android
Auto homepage.
You can also activate the voice recognition function
by pressing the icon in the upper-right corner of
the screen.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate voice recognition.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 276 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
277
Continued
Features
Audio Error Messages
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
Error Message Solution
USB Error
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the
audio system.
A charging error has
occurred with the connected
USB device. When safe
please check the
compatibility of the device
and USB cable and try again.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Unsupported Version
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
update the iPod software to the newer version.
Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Unplayable File
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are copyright protected or an unsupported format. This
error message appears for about three seconds, then plays the next song.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 277 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
278
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Features
Error Message Solution
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 278 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
279
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
Error Message Solution
To begin listening, select a station from the Stations list.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
The maximum number of tracks that can be skipped has been
reached.
Appears when you try to skip a track or select Like/Dislike over
the predetermined number of times in an hour.
Unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later.
Unable to rate track. Please try again.
Unable to save bookmark.
Appears when the commanded operation fails. Try again later.
No Data
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
PANDORA App version is not supported.
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
PANDORA system maintenance.
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
Unable to connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your
mobile phone.
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.
Unable to connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your
mobile phone.
Appears when Pandora® app is not installed on your device. Install
Pandora® app to your device.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 279 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
280
uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps
Features
Android/Apps
If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error
occurs.
Error Message
*1
Solution
Unfortunately, **** has
stopped.
Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app.
**** is not responding.
Would you like to close it?
App is not responding.
Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not respond even if you keep
waiting, select OK to close the app and restart it. If the error message continues, perform Factory Data
Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 325
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 280 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
281
Continued
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID on
the screen, select Channel 0.
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call SiriusXM® or visit the SiriusXM® website
to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the or button on the steering wheel,
or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com/
subscribenow, or 1-866-635-2349
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
•
In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
•
In tunnels
•
On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
•
Large items carried on the roof rack
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 281 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
282
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuSiriusXM® Radio Service
Features
Requested Channel Not Subscribed:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Channel Off Air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Channel unauthorized:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
Subscription Updated.:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
Channel Not Available:
No such channel exists, or the artist or title information is unavailable.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Check Antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
Check Tuner:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® tuner. Contact an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer.
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 282 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
283
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 6th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/
iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone SE/iPhone 7/iPhone 7 Plus/iPhone 8/
iPhone 8 Plus/iPhone X
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 283 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
284
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
Honda App License Agreement
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.
■
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 284 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
285
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License.
You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 285 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
286
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 286 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
287
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation.
The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE.
Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites:
The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 287 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
288
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates.
The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE.
Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information.
You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 288 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
289
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition:
You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards.
Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 289 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
290
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage.
Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information.
Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based).
If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 290 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
291
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability.
HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 291 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
292
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS
For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 292 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
293
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 293 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
294
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M.ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 294 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
295
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 295 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
296
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
■
OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 296 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
297
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
■
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 297 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
298
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses
Features
About Open Source Licenses
To see the open source license information, follow these steps.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Detail Information.
6. Select About device.
7. Select Legal information.
8. Select Open source licenses.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 298 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
299
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLicense information
Features
License information
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered
trademarks, and DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc. © DTS, Inc. All
Rights Reserved.
■
DTS
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 299 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
300
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select , and
Settings, then select a setting item.
1Customized Features
When you customize setting, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and
(P is selected.
To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 308
Audio/Information
Screen
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 300 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
301
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ Customization flow
Select Settings.
Clock
Wallpaper
Clock/Wallpaper Type
*1
/
Clock Type
*2
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
ClockClock
Auto Time Zone
Manual Time Zone
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Info Screen Preference
Clock
Wallpaper
Clock/Wallpaper Type
*1
/
Clock Type
*2
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Auto Time Zone
Manual Time Zone
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Info Screen Preference
Info
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Diagnostic & Location Data
Diagnostic & Location Data
HondaLink
Others
HondaLink
Others
Clock
Clock Reset
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 301 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
302
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Bluetooth On/Off Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Wi-Fi On/Off Status
Wi-Fi Device List
Wi-Fi
BluetoothBluetooth/Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi Information
Text/Email
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Speed Dial
Ring Tone
Phone
Automatic Phone Sync
HondaLink Assist
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message Notification
Phone
LaneWatch
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Show with Turn Signal
Rear CameraCamera
Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Reference Line
HD Radio Mode (FM)
RDS INFO
Audio FM/AM
HD Radio Mode (AM)
Apple CarPlay
Android Auto
Smartphone
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 302 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
303
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Audio Source Pop-Up
Cover Art
Tune Start
SportsFlash Setup
Traffic & Weather Setup
Other
SXM
Default
Bluetooth Device List
Bluetooth
Multiple Channel Mix Preset
Home Screen Edit Order
Configuration of Instrument Panel
Display Settings
Background Color
*1
Display
System
Touch Panel Sensitivity
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Blue
Amber
Red
Violet
BlueGreen
Home
Menu Icon Position
*2
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 303 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
304
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Guidance Volume
Text Message Volume
Sound/Beep
Voice Recog. Volume
Verbal Reminder
Beep Volume
Meter Volume - List Reading
Meter Volume - Alphabetic Reading
Voice Prompt
Voice Recog. Volume
Song by Voice
Song by Voice Phonetic Modification
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Automatic Phone Sync
One Press Voice Operation
Voice Recog.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 304 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
305
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type
*1
/
Clock Type
*2
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Auto Time Zone
Manual Time Zone
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Clock
Wallpaper
*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Others Language
Voice Command Tips
Remember Last Screen
*1
Memory Refresh
Refresh Time Adjustment
Change Skin
Detail Information
Factory Data Reset
Climate Screen Timeout
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 305 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
306
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Driver Assist System Setup Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Vehicle
Meter Setup
Adjust Alarm Volume
New Message Notifications
Turn By Turn Auto Display
Speed/Distance Units
Cancel
TPMS Calibration
Calibrate
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
Memory Position LinkDriving Position Setup
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 306 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
307
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Auto Door Lock
Key and Remote Unlock Mode
Door/Window Setup
Maintenance Info.
Auto Headlight ON With Wiper ON
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Walk Away Auto Lock
Keyless Access Setup
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Door Unlock Mode
Auto Door Unlock
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 307 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
308
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Clock
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
*1
/
Clock
Type
*2
Clock
See
Info
on P. 309
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone
Manual Time Zone
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Format
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data
Others Info Screen Preference
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 308 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
309
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
*2
/
Clock
Type
*3
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital
*1
/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
●
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/
Metallic/Time Zone
Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. —
Auto Time Zone
Automatically adjusts the clock when driving
through different time zones.
On
*1
/Off
Manual Time Zone Changes the time zone manually. —
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Select On to have the GPS automatically adjust
the clock to daylight savings time. Select Off to
cancel this function.
On
*1
/Off
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H
*1
/24H
Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On
*1
/Off
Overlay Clock Location Changes the clock display layout.
Upper Right
*1
/Upper
Left/Lower Right/
Lower Left/Off
Clock Reset Resets the clock settings to the factory default. Yes/No
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 309 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
310
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info
HondaLink
Diagnostic & Location
Data
Turns HondaLink® on and off. On
*1
/Off
Others Info Screen Preference
Selects the top menu when the Info is selected.
●
Info Top- A brief menu pops up.
●
Info Menu- A full menu pops up.
●
Off- A menu does not pop up.
Info Top/Info
Menu
*1
/Off
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 310 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
311
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 442
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the guidelines adjust to the
movement of the steering wheel.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 442
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear
Camera setting group as default.
Yes/No
LaneWatch
Show with Turn Signal
Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on
when you move the turn signal lever to indicate a
right turn.
On
*1
/Off
Display Time after Turn
Signal Off
Changes the length of time the LaneWatch
display stays on after the turn signal lever returns
to the center.
0 second
*1
/2 seconds
Reference Line
Selects whether the reference lines come on the
LaneWatch monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
LaneWatch group as default.
Yes/No
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 311 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
312
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Bluetooth/
Wi-Fi
Bluetooth
Bluetooth On/Off Status Changes the Bluetooth® status. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
—
Edit Pairing Code
Edits a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 338
Random/Fixed
*1
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi On/Off Status Changes the Wi-Fi mode. On/Off
*1
Wi-Fi Device List
Connects, disconnects, or deletes the Wi-Fi
device.
—
Wi-Fi Information Shows the Wi-Fi information of the head unit. —
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth/Wi-Fi group as default.
Yes/No
Smartphone
Apple CarPlay Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection. —
Android Auto Sets up the Android Auto connection. —
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Smartphone group as default.
Yes/No
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 312 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
313
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Phone
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
disconnects a paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
—
Edit Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Speed Dial P. 343
—
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.
Fixed/Mobile
Phone
*1
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook and call history data to be
automatically imported when a phone is paired
to HFL.
On
*1
/Off
HondaLink Assist Turns HondaLink Assist on and off. On/Off
*1
Text/Email
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. —
New Message Notification
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
On/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
settings group as default.
Yes/No
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 313 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
314
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
FM/AM
HD Radio Mode
Selects whether the audio system automatically
switches to the digital radio waves or receives the
analog waves only.
Auto
*1
/Analog Only
RDS INFO Turns on and off the RDS information. On
*1
/Off
SXM
Tune Start
Turns on and off, starts the song from the
beginning as you change preset stations.
On
*1
/Off
SportsFlash
Setup
Interrupt Turns on and off the sports alert function.
Off/On(One Time)/
On(Continue)
*1
Favorite
Team
Selects your favorite sports teams.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 245
—
Interrupt
Beep
Causes the system to beep when the sports alert
is notified.
On
*1
/Off
Traffic & Weather Setup
Selects the region you want to receive the
information.
—
Multiple Channel Mix
Preset
Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off
*1
FM/AM mode
SiriusXM
®
mode
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 314 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
315
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 337
—
Other
[Your selected media]
Cover Art
Turns the cover art display on and off. On
*1
/Off
Audio Source Pop-Up
Selects whether the list of selectable audio source
comes on when Audio is selected on the home
screen.
On/Off
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
settings group as default.
Yes/No
System Home
Home Screen Edit Order Changes the HOME screen icon layout. —
Menu Icon Position
*2
Changes the position of the menu icons on the
Audio, Phone, and Info screen.
—
Configuration of
Instrument Panel
Changes the Instrument Panel screen icon
layout.
—
Bluetoot h® mode
iPod or USB mode
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 315 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
316
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Display
Display
Settings
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen.
—
Background Color
*2
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue
*1
/Amber/Red/
Violet/BlueGreen
Touch Panel Sensitivity Sets the sensitivity of the touch panel screen. High/Low
*1
Sound/
Beep
Guidance Volume
Changes the sound volume.
Adjusts the guidance volume of the navigation
system.
00~06
*1
~11
Text Message Volume
Changes the text/e-mail message reading
volume.
01~06
*1
~11
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 316 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
317
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Sound/
Beep
Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 01~06
*1
~11
Meter Volume - List
Reading
Changes the list reading volume. 01~06
*1
~11
Meter Volume -
Alphabetic Reading
Changes the alphabetic reading volume. 01~06
*1
~11
Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On
*1
/Off
Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. Off/1/2
*1
/3
Voice
Recog.
One Press Voice
Operation
Changes the setting of the (Talk) button operation when
using the voice operation.
On
*1
/Off
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On
*1
/Off
Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 01~06
*1
~11
Song by Voice Turns the Song By Voice
TM
on and off. On
*1
/Off
Song by Voice
Phonetic Modification
Modifies a voice command for music stored in the USB flash
drive or an iPod/iPhone.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 253
—
Phonebook Phonetic
Modification
Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.
2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification P. 346
—
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets phonebook and call history data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On/Off
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 317 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
318
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
*2
/
Clock
Type
*3
Clock
See
Info
on P. 309
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone
Manual Time Zone
Auto Daylight Saving Time
Clock Format
Clock Display
Overlay Clock Location
Clock Reset
Others Language Change the display language.
English (United
States)
*1
/Français/
Español
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 318 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
319
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System Others
Voice Command Tips
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving.
Only voice commands are available.
On
*1
/Off
Remember Last Screen
*2
Selects whether the device remembers the last
screen.
On/Off
*1
Memory Refresh
Turns on the audio system automatically and
restores the fragmentation of a memory when
the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
On
*1
/Off
Refresh Time Adjustment Sets the time for Memory Refresh. —
Change Skin Changes the screen interface design. Yes/No
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 325
Yes/No
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 319 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
320
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Others
Climate Screen Timeout
Changes the length of time the climate control
display stays on when you press the CLIMATE
button.
Never/5 Seconds/10
Seconds
*1
/20
Seconds
Detail Information
Displays the details of the head unit and
operating system information.
Default
Cancels /Resets all customized items in the
System group as default.
Yes/No
Vehicle
TPMS Calibration Cancels/Calibrates the TPMS. Cancel/Calibrate
Driver
Assist
System
Setup
Forward Collision Warning
Distance
Changes the distance at which CMBS
TM
alerts. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC with LSF range.
On/Off
*1
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Road Departure Mitigation
Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/
Warning Only
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 320 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
321
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Meter
Setup
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
Adjust Alarm Volume
Changes the alarm volume, such as buzzers,
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.
High/Mid
*1
/Low
Fuel Efficiency Backlight Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Turn By Turn Auto Display
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
on during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
New Message
Notifications
Used to select whether a pop-up alert comes on
the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
On
*1
/Off
Speed/Distance Units Selects the trip computer units.
km/h∙km/
mph∙miles
*1
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 321 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
322
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Driving
Position
Setup
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/
All Doors
Keyless Access Light Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 322 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
323
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
15seconds/
30seconds
*1
/
60seconds
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
0seconds/
15seconds
*1
/
30seconds/
60seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity
Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
Auto Interior Illumination
Sensitivity
Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the
instrument panel when the headlight switch is in
the AUTO position.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
Auto Headlight ON With
Wiper ON
Changes the settings for the wiper operation
when the headlights automatically come on while
the headlight switch is in the AUTO position.
On
*1
/Off
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 323 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
324
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Door/
Window
Setup
Auto Door Lock
Used to change the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle
Speed
*1
/Shift from P/
Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted to
Park/All Doors When
Ignition Switched
Off/Off
Key and Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up the driver’s door or all the doors to unlock
on the first push of the remote.
Driver Door
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
Walk Away Auto Lock
Changes the settings for the auto lock function
when you walk away from the vehicle.
On/Off
*1
Maintenance Info.
Resets the Maintenance Minder
TM
display when
you have performed the maintenance service.
—
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 324 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
325
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Others tab.
5. Select Factory Data Reset.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen.
6. Select Yes to reset the settings.
7. Select Yes again to reset the settings.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select OK.
u After selecting OK, the system will
reboot.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the
preinstalled apps to their factory default.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, you cannot use
the HondaLink® because it becomes off line.
2 HondaLink® P. 262
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 325 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
326
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 326 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
327
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
Continued
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
Red Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 327 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
328
Features
■
Training a Button
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
2.
Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow
steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not
need to press and release the HomeLink button
again in step 2.
Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.
Standard transmitter
Indicator remains on for
about 25 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
4.
3.
2.
5.
A.
B.
1.
Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote
transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to
constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
Press and release the HomeLink button. Press
and release the button on the remote every 2
secs.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from
slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly
blinking? The process should take less than 60
seconds.
Training
Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks.
HomeLink LED is
constantly on.
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 328 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
329
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities, visit
automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
To use the system, the Bluetooth On/Off Status
setting must be On. If there is an active connection to
Apple CarPlay, HFL is unavailable.
2 How to customize P. 300
Voice control tips
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press the button when you want to call a
number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, select the audio
system’s VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio
controls on the steering wheel.
Up to five speed dial entries can be displayed among
a total of 20 that can be entered.
2 Speed Dial P. 343
Up to five previous calls can be displayed at a time
among a total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no
call history, Call History is disabled.
(Talk) Button
Volume up
Microphone
(Hang-up/Back) Button
(Pick-up) Button
ENTER Button
Button
Buttons
3
4
Volume down
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 329 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
330
Features
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone menu on the driver
information interface, or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous
command, or cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to access Voice Portal.
buttons: Press to select an item displayed on the phone menu in the driver
information interface.
ENTER button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the phone
menu in the driver information interface.
button: Select and press ENTER to display Speed Dial, Call History, or
Phonebook on the phone menu in the driver information interface.
To go to the Phone Menu screen:
1. Select .
2. Select Phone to switch the display to the phone screen.
3. Select .
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 330 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
331
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or
numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 343
■
HFL Status Display
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language.
2 How to customize P. 300
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
Roaming Status
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 331 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
332
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
■ Phone Settings screen
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Phone.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving.
Disconnect a paired phone
from the system.
Bluetooth Device List
(Existing entry list)
Disconnect
Delete
Delete a paired phone.
Add Bluetooth Device
Pair a new phone to the system.
Phone
Connect a paired device to
the system.
Connect
Connect
Connect
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 332 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
333
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Edit
Delete
(Existing entry list)
Edit Speed Dial
Delete All
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Delete all of the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●
Change a name.
●
Change a number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Ring Tone
Select the fixed or mobile phone.
Automatic Phone Sync
Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Turn HondaLink Assist on and off.
HondaLink Assist
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 333 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
334
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Select Account
Enable Text/Email
Text/Email
New Message Notification
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL
receives a new text/e-mail message.
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
Select a mail or text message account.
Default
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone settings group as default.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 334 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
335
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Phone Menu screen
1. Select .
2. Select Phone.
3. Select .
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Speed Dial
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Edit Speed Dial
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 335 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
336
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
See the previous message.
Text/Email
Read/Stop
(Existing message list)
See the next message.
System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.
Select Account
Select a mail or text message account.
Reply to a received message using one of six
fixed phrases.
Dial
Make a call to the sender.
Reply
Display the last outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Call History
All
Dialed
Received
Display the last outgoing calls.
Display the last incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last missed calls.
Dial
Redial
Enter a phone number to dial.
Redial the last number dialed.
Phonebook
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 336 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
337
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Select Phone.
2. Select Yes.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select Continue.
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
4. Select your phone when it appears on the
list.
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Phone Not Found and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, search for
HandsFreeLink.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
the system before you can make and receive hands-
free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
paired to the system.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and return to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,
pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is
unavailable and Add Bluetooth Device is grayed
out from the Bluetooth Device List screen.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 337 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
338
Features
■ To change the currently paired phone
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select Connect , Connect , or
Connect .
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth/Wi-Fi.
4. Select the Bluetooth tab.
5. Select Edit Pairing Code.
6. Select Random or Fixed.
1To change the currently paired phone
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is connected again.
To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device
from the Bluetooth Device List screen.
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 338 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
339
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone you want to delete.
4. Select Delete.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 339 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
340
Features
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Enable
Text/Email.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then New
Message Notification.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
■
To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options
1To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options
To use the text/e-mail message function, it may be
necessary to set up on your phone.
Some text/e-mail message features may not be
available depending on a cellular phone.
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 340 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
341
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select Ring Tone.
3. Select Fixed or Mobile Phone.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the
ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the
speakers.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 341 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
342
Features
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system.
■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Select On or Off.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a name from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
Pref
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 342 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
343
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 335
2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select New Entry.
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the connected cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Select Yes or No.
5. Select Record, or use the button and
follow the prompts to complete the voice
tag.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say the voice tag
name.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 343 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
344
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Record.
5. Select Record, or use the button and
follow the prompts to complete the voice
tag.
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Clear.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name.
For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 344 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
345
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To edit a speed dial
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select a setting you want.
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Delete.
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 345 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
346
Features
Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that
it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
■ To add a new voice tag
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to add
phonetic modification to.
■
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 346 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
347
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
7. Select New Voice Tag.
8. Select a contact name you want to add to.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
9. Select Modify.
10. Using Record or the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
11. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen, then select OK.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 347 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
348
Features
■ To modify a voice tag
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to modify
phonetic modification.
7. Select a contact name you want to
modify.
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
8. Select Modify.
9. Using Record or the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
10. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen, then select OK.
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can only modify or delete contact names for the
currently connected phone.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 348 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
349
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a modified voice tag
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to delete
phonetic modification.
7. Select a contact name you want to delete.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
8. Select Delete.
u The selected contact name has been
selected.
9. Select OK.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 349 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
350
Features
■ To delete all modified voice tags
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.
5. Select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification.
6. Select the phone you want to delete
phonetic modification.
u The contact name list appears.
7. Select Delete All.
8. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen, then select Yes.
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from most screens.
Press the button and say the voice tag name.
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 350 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
351
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 335
2. Select Phonebook.
3. Select a name.
u You can also search by letter. Select
Search.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering a name, if multiple numbers
exist select a number.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 335
2. Select Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number
using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 343
1To make a call using a phone number
You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number
using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 343
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 351 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
352
Features
■ To make a call using redial
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 335
2. Select Redial.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using the Call History
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 335
2. Select Call History.
3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a Speed Dial entry
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 335
2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the Call History
The call history displays the last 20 all, dialed,
received, or missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to the
system.)
1To make a call using a Speed Dial entry
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 343
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 352 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
353
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the lower
half of the screen.
Select the option.
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen.
Mute Icon
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 353 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
354
Features
HFL can display newly received text or e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Select Read to listen to the message.
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, select
Stop.
■
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
The system can only receive massages that are sent as
text (SMS) messages. Messages sent using data
services will not be displayed in the list.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Message Notification
setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 340
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 354 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
355
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to
be active and receive notifications.
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Select
Account.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Text Messages or an e-mail
message account you want.
■
Selecting a Mail Account
1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.
Select
Account
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 355 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
356
Features
■ Displaying text messages
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 335
2. Select Text/Email.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Select a message.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select
(previous) or (next) on the message screen.
Message List
Text Message
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 356 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
357
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Displaying e-mail messages
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 335
2. Select Text/Email.
u Select Select Account if necessary.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a message.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail
Message
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 357 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
358
Features
■ Read or Stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 356
2. Select Stop to stop reading.
Select Read again to start reading the
message from the beginning.
■ Reply to a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 356
2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•
Talk to you later, I’m driving.
•
I’m on my way.
•
I’m running late.
•
OK
•
Yes
•
No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones, visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 358 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
359
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Dial.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 359 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
360
Features
■ Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink operator. If
connected, information about your vehicle, its
location, and its condition can be sent to the
operator
*1
; you also can speak to the operator
when connected.
IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation
constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/
TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency
services but NEITHER Honda-PRO NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT
SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink Assist services at any time or for
any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,
or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.
*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle’s
location may not be sent to the operator.
■
In Case of Emergency
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the 12-volt battery level is low, the line is
disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
You cannot use this emergency service when:
•
You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage
areas.
•
There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions
using the screen while talking to the operator.
Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your
vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 360 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
361
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To enable notification
1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.
2 Phone Settings screen P. 332
2. Select the Phone tab, then HondaLink
Assist.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
1To enable notification
Setting options:
•
On: Notification is available.
•
Off: Disable the feature.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 361 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
362
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 362 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
363
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving
Driving Preparation .......................... 364
Maximum Load Limit........................ 367
Towing a Trailer
Towing Your Vehicle........................ 369
When Driving
Turning on the Power ...................... 370
Precautions While Driving................. 373
Transmission .................................... 374
Shifting............................................ 375
SPORT Mode.................................... 381
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System...... 382
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 383
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ...385
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ......................... 389
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 405
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System ....................................... 412
Agile Handling Assist ....................... 414
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).. 415
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 417
High Voltage Battery........................ 419
FC System in Extreme Cold-weather
Conditions ..................................... 420
LaneWatch
TM
................................... 422
Braking
Brake System ................................... 424
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 430
Brake Assist System ......................... 431
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ....................................... 432
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 440
Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 442
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 444
How to Refuel ................................. 445
Fuel Economy.................................... 447
Improving Fuel Economy.................. 447
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 363 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
364
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 468
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the power system can ignite flammable
materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If you’ve
parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect
and remove any debris that may have collected, such
as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have
been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal.
Also check under the hood for leftover flammable
materials after you or someone else has performed
maintenance on your vehicle.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 364 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
365
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 367
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 142
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 172
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Positions P. 174
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 170
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 169
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer or by
a qualified technician.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 365 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
366
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 51
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer check the vehicle if a
problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 86
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 366 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
367
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire
and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 530
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 530
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 367 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
368
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer:
See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your
vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 369
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)
Example2
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 368 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
369
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 526
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 369 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
370
Driving
When Driving
Turning on the Power
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
1Turning on the Power
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the power system.
When turning on the power system in cold weather,
turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights,
climate control system, and rear defogger in order to
reduce 12-volt battery drain.
If the temperature of the fuel cell drops below –4°F
(–20°C), the power system may not start. If the
temperature drops to below –22°F (–30°C), the fuel
cells or the High Voltage battery will not operate and,
as a result, the vehicle will not start. Store the vehicle
in a garage or take another measure to insure that
temperature of the fuel cell and High Voltage battery
does not fall below this temperature. If necessary,
consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 370 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
371
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
Driving
3. Press the POWER button without
depressing the accelerator pedal.
u The Ready To Drive message appears
on the driver information interface.
u When the ambient temperature is
extremely low, the vehicle does not move
until certain conditions are met.
A warning message appears instead of
Ready To Drive.
2 Driver Information Interface
Warning and Information Messages
P. 102
You can turn the power system off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Put the transmission into (P.
2. Press the POWER button.
1Turning on the Power
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the power
system does not activate.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel
as if the brake pedal is sinking down. This is normal.
Bring the smart entry remote close to the POWER
button if the battery in the smart entry remote is
weak.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 504
The power system may not activate if the smart entry
remote is subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the POWER button to start the power
system.
If the power system does not start, wait at least 10
seconds before trying again.
■
Stopping the Power System
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 371 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
372
Driving
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, press the (D button. Select (R when
reversing.
2. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 424
■ Hill Start Assist System
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Change to
(D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the
brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
1Starting to Drive
You can also release the parking brake by pressing
the electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal.
When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
the accelerator pedal.
1Hill Start Assist System
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 372 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
373
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Continued
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the power
system or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
■
In Rain
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not select a shift button while pressing the
accelerator pedal.
NOTICE
The following can damage the rear frames and rear
suspensions. Be careful when driving.
•
Backing up the vehicle into a space with a parking
block or road shoulder
•
Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
•
Driving on a road with potholes
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the power system will shut down and all
steering and brake power assist functions will stop,
making it difficult to control the vehicle.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 373 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguTransmission
374
Driving
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks, and contact an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
Transmission
As with a conventional gasoline-powered vehicle with an automatic transmission,
this vehicle will creep.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
■
Other Precautions
■
Creeping
1Precautions While Driving
Do not press the
(N button, as you will lose
regenerative braking (and acceleration) performance.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 374 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
375
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift button positions
1Shifting
To prevent malfunction and unintended
engagement:
•
Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
•
Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons.
•
Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P
is shown
on the gear position indicator.
Park
Used when parking, before turning off or
starting the power system
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked
Drive
Used for:
Normal driving
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 375 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
376
Driving
■
(P (parking) button
The gear position changes to (P when you
press the
(P button while the vehicle is
parked with the power mode in ON.
The indicators on the sides of the (P button
come on.
1Shifting
The beeper sounds and the message appears on the
driver information interface when you depress the
accelerator pedal with the gear position in
(N.
Change the gear position to
(D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.
(P Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 376 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
377
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Shift Operation
1Shift Operation
NOTICE
When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to
a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift button before the vehicle has
come to a complete standstill can damage the
transmission.
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the gear position before and after
selecting a shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,
or all the gear position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer as soon as possible.
The beeper sounds once when you change to
(R.
Gear Position Indicator
READY Indicator
Press the (P button.
Press back the
(R button.
Press the
(N button.
Press the
(D button.
Shift Button
Indicator
SPORT Mode Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 377 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
378
Driving
■ When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position
automatically changes to
(P.
• The vehicle is in stationary with the power mode in ON, or moving at 1 mph (2
km/h) or slower.
• The transmission is in other than
(P.
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal
depressed, the gear position will automatically return to
(P once you release
the brake pedal.
■ When turning off the power mode
If you turn the power system off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission
is in other than
(P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.
1When opening the driver’s door
While the system is designed to automatically change
the gear position to
(P under the described
conditions, in the interest of safety you should always
select
(P before opening the driver's door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 440
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position
has automatically changed to
(P under the described
conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the gear
position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the power system
and lock the doors.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 378 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
379
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■ If you want to keep the transmission in
(N position [car wash mode]
With the power system on:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Make sure the READY indicator is on.
3. Press
(N. Within six seconds press and hold (N for two seconds.
u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
If you want to cancel car wash mode, select a position other than
(N.
If you want to reduce fuel consumption in car wash mode:
Press the POWER button during car wash mode.
u Make sure the READY indicator is off.
u The gear position remains in
(N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15
minutes, then, it automatically changes to
(P and the power mode changes to
OFF.
Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on
and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always shift to
(P when car wash
mode is no longer needed.
1If you want to keep the transmission in
(N position [car wash
mode]
To keep the vehicle in
(N position, you can also
follow this procedure:
While the power system is on, select
(N, and then
within five seconds, press the POWER button.
Note that the transmission may not stay in
(N
position while any of the following indicators is on:
•
POWER SYSTEM indicator
•
Transmission system indicator
•
12-volt battery charging system indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 379 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
380
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■ Restriction on selecting a gear position
You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the
transmission is in:
1. Under the circumstances
of that:
2. You cannot select:
3. The gear position
remains in/changes to:
How to change the
gear position
(P
The brake pedal is not
depressed.
Other gear position
(P
Release the accelerator
pedal and depress the
brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed without the brake pedal
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
(N or (D The vehicle is moving forward. (R
Park your vehicle in a
safe place.
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D
(R, (N, or (D The vehicle is moving. (P
(P or (N The READY indicator is not on.
A gear position other than (P
or (N (P or (N
Make sure that the
READY indicator
comes on.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 380 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
381
uuWhen DrivinguSPORT Mode
Driving
SPORT Mode
To turn the SPORT mode on and off, press the SPORT button.
The SPORT mode delivers increased handling agility and responsiveness.
This mode is suitable for driving on hills or through curves on mountain roads.
The SPORT mode is turned off every time you start the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
SPORT Button
SPORT Mode
Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 381 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
382
uuWhen DrivinguAcoustic Vehicle Alerting System
Driving
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
When your vehicle is traveling at approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) and is being solely
propelled by the electric motor, the acoustic vehicle alert system emits a sound to
warn any nearby pedestrians that your vehicle is within close proximity to them.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 382 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
383
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
Continued
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, and CMBS
TM
, is
designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its
functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, hood, or front grille that could obstruct
the camera’s field of vision and cause the system to
operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer recalibrate the camera.
Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the
system to operate properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 383 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
384
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 384 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
385
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Continued
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to
detected lane markings without a turn signal
activated, the system, in addition to a visual
alert, applies steering torque and alerts you
with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to
help you remain within the detected lane.
2 Customized Features P. 300
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the driver information
interface.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 387
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 385 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
386
Driving
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the driver
information interface when the system is
on.
■
How the System Activates
■
RDM On and Off
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 86
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
•
Not driven within a traffic lane.
•
Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
•
Driven in a narrow lane.
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the audio/information
screen, the system does not operate the steering
wheel and braking.
RDM Button
Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 386 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
387
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Continued
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 387 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
388
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 388 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
389
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Continued
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle's brake
lights will illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF.
Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always
keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other
vehicles.
Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor
cover.
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a
crash.
Use ACC with LSF only when driving on
expressways or freeways and in good
weather conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC with LSF has limited braking capability
and may not stop your vehicle in time to
avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly
stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph
(40 km/h) ~ 90 mph (145 km/h).
■
Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D.
The radar sensor is
behind the emblem.
The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 389 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
390
Driving
■ How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with
LSF and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are
either turned on or off.
ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 395
When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive
cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will
turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
Do not use ACC with LSF under the following
conditions:
•
On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
•
On roads with sharp turns.
•
On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to
maintain the set speed.
•
On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
How to use
■
Press the MAIN button
on the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the
instrument panel, and
ACC (white) is on in the
head-up display.
ACC with LSF is ready to
use.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 390 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
391
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Continued
Driving
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the
pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment
you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins.
When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the button fixes the set speed to
about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If your vehicle is
stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when ACC with
LSF begins
Press and release
−/SET Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 391 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
392
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Driving
When ACC with LSF starts operating, the
vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed
appear on the driver information interface.
When you use ACC with LSF, Straight Driving
Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering
system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to
automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for
you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Interval
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 392 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
393
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Driving
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a
vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your
vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the
vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-Interval P. 398
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if
another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you,
the beeper sounds, a message appears on the driver
information interface, and the head-up warning
lights come on.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may
start accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
•
The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
•
A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle
detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the
ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC
Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 300
BeepHead-up Warning
Lights
ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the
driver information interface
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 393 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
394
Driving
■ There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your
vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range.
ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal,
the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the following-interval while a
vehicle ahead is within the ACC with LSF range.
■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the driver
information interface and the head-up
display.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the driver information
interface blinks. If you press the RES/+ or
−/SET button, or depress the accelerator
pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the
prior set speed.
1When in Operation
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC
with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 395
3
WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with LSF system is operating
can result in the vehicle moving without
operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with LSF.
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the driver
information interface
1When you depress the accelerator pedal
While the accelerator pedal is depressed, the system
does not apply the brakes to keep the following
interval, as well as the BRAKE message on the driver
information interface does not appear.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 394 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
395
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
■ Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■ Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated tire, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the
collision mitigation braking system
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 432
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN
button and take your vehicle to an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 395 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
396
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high
speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer if you find any unusual
behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message
appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer:
•
The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
•
You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
•
Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 396 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
397
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET button on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the RES/+ or −/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you press and hold the RES/+ or −/SET button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the driver information interface
between mph and km/h.
2 Gauges P. 116
To increase speed
To decrease speed
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 397 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
398
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Driving
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC with LSF following-interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through extra
long, long, middle, and short following-
intervals.
Determine the most appropriate following-
interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Set or Change Following-Interval
Interval Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 398 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
399
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Continued
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF
interval setting.
Following-interval
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
83 feet
25 meters
1.1 sec
100 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
110 feet
33 meters
1.5 sec
137 feet
42 meters
1.4 sec
Long
154 feet
47 meters
2.1 sec
200 feet
61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
204 feet
62 meters
2.8 sec
265 feet
81 meters
2.8 sec
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 399 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
400
Driving
To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC with LSF indicator goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u When the LSF function has stopped the
vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF
by depressing the brake pedal.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set
speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+
button.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button.
Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then
set the desired speed.
CANCEL
Button
MAIN
Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 400 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
401
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Driving
■ Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface and
the head-up display when ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these
conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS
TM
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your
vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following
causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The power system is turned off.
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed.
Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to
cancel improves, then press the RES/+ button.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 401 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
402
Driving
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the driver information interface for two
seconds, and then the mode switches to
Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and
hold the button again for one second. ACC
Mode Selected appears on the driver
information interface for two seconds.
■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the –/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
■
To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the driver information interface
between mph and km/h.
2 Gauges P. 116
ACC with
LSF ON
Cruise
Control ON
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 402 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
403
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Continued
Driving
Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/+ or –/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 403 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
404
Driving
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h).
•
When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 404 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
405
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 114
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent
correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition. It is always your responsibility to safely
operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 410
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■
Front Sensor
Camera
Monitors the lane
lines
■
Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel
and a warning display alert you that
the vehicle is drifting out of a
detected lane.
■
Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left
and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets
closer to either of the lane lines.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 405 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
406
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the
system will recover automatically.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 406 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
407
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
■ How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS (green) is on in the driver
information interface, and the LKAS
(white) is on in the head-up display.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the driver
information interface and the head-up
display.
The system is activated.
■
When the System can be Used
1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 407 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
408
Driving
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you turn the
power system off, even if you turned it on the
last time you drove the vehicle.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF
on and off.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 408 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
409
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■ The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate continuously.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate intermittently.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the driver
information interface and the
head-up display change to
contour lines, and the beeper
sounds (if activated).
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 409 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
410
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 410 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
411
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 411 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
412
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating motor output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
motor do not respond to the accelerator. You
may also notice some noise from the hydraulic
system. You will also see the indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 412 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
413
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a
beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you turn the
power system on, even if you turned it off the
last time you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the motor
compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after turning the power
system on or while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 413 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
414
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
Driving
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during
cornering.
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the motor
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 414 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
415
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are
significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to
come on and a message to appear on the driver information interface.
You must start TPMS calibration every time you:
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
• Rotate the tires.
• Replace one or more tires.
Before calibrating the TPMS:
• Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires.
2 Checking Tires P. 468
Make sure:
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
• The gear position is in
(P.
• The power mode is in ON.
■
TPMS Calibration
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The system does not monitor the tires when driving
at low speed.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•
Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•
Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 468
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
•
You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
•
You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
•
Tire chains are used.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
•
There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires than
the condition at calibration.
•
Tire chains are used.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 415 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
416
Driving
You can calibrate the system from the
customized feature on the audio/information
screen.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Select .
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Vehicle.
5. Select TPMS Calibration.
6. Select Cancel or Calibrate.
u When the calibration is complete, the
display returns to the customization
menu screen.
• If the Calibration Failed To Start.
message appears, repeat steps 4-6.
• The calibration process finishes
automatically.
1TPMS Calibration
•
The calibration process requires approximately 30
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
30-65 mph (48-105 km/h).
•
During this period, if the power system is turned on
and the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds,
you may notice the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on briefly. This is normal and
indicates that the calibration process is not yet
complete.
If tire chains are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer for details.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 416 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
417
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 417 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
418
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 418 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
419
uuWhen DrivinguHigh Voltage Battery
Driving
High Voltage Battery
Because electricity generated by the fuel cells and through regenerative braking
recharges the High Voltage battery, the battery does not need to be recharged from
an outside source; however, the High Voltage battery gradually discharges when the
vehicle is not in use. If allowed to discharge too much, the battery may become
damaged.
If your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, during storage for example,
periodically recharge the battery to maintain sufficient charge levels. At least once
every three months, turn on the power system, and keep it on for more than 30
minutes to allow the battery to recharge.
Excessive heat can also damage the battery. On hot, sunny days, try to avoid parking
your vehicle under direct sunlight.
If the High Voltage battery becomes fully discharged or damaged and you are
unable to start the FC system as a result, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel
Cell dealer.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 419 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
420
uuWhen DrivinguFC System in Extreme Cold-weather Conditions
Driving
FC System in Extreme Cold-weather Conditions
The FC system may behave differently on cold days. It may operate a special process
to improve start-up performance and durability. Operation noises, purge process
while parked, etc., differ from usual. However, this is not a malfunction.
On cold days, the power output may be temporarily limited if the vehicle is driven at
high vehicle speeds or accelerated suddenly before the FC system warm-up is
completed. Operate the vehicle looking out for the surrounding traffic until the FC
system reaches full operating temperature.
If the exhaust pipe is blocked, the power system may stop. In especially cold
weather, freezing prevention process while parked may not be able to be
performed. Also, the process cannot be carry out if the 12-volt battery terminals are
disconnected; consequently, the FC stack (fuel cell body) may deteriorate.
On cold days, the hydrogen gas may be consumed faster than usual.
On cold days, when the power system operates starting/stopping processes or
freezing prevention process while parked, water vapor in the exhaust may appear as
a white mist emitted from the exhaust pipe. This is not a malfunction.
1FC System in Extreme Cold-weather Conditions
3
CAUTION
When the power system operates stopping
process or freezing prevention process
while parked in cold weather, a puddle of
discharged water may form on the ground
and become frozen. Be careful not to slip
on it.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 420 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
421
uuWhen DrivinguFC System in Extreme Cold-weather Conditions
Driving
On cold days, you may get sprayed with exhaust water if standing behind the vehicle
when:
• The FC system is idling until the READY indicator comes on at power system
start-up.
• The FC system is in the shutdown process after it was stopped before warm-up is
completed.
High Voltage battery is warmed up using the air inside the vehicle. If the air
conditioner is not used or a window is open, it may take time to complete warm-up.
As a result, the power output may be limited or the READY indicator may take
longer than usual to turn on.
When the power system is turned on in extremely cold temperatures between –4°F
and –22°F (–30°C and –20°C), its standby operation noise may become louder than
in normal low temperatures.
1FC System in Extreme Cold-weather Conditions
If the temperature of the fuel cell drops below –4°F
(–20°C), the power system may not start. If the
temperature drops to below –22°F (–30°C), the fuel
cells or the High Voltage battery will not operate and,
as a result, the vehicle will not start.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 421 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
422
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
Driving
LaneWatch
TM
LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear
areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to
the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these
areas and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use
of the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience
while driving.
1LaneWatch
TM
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
a collision.
The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.
The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
•
Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
•
Your tires are over or under inflated.
•
Your tires or wheels are of varied size or
construction.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
driving.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
1 2
Camera
Move the turn signal
lever to the passenger
side.
Press the LaneWatch
button.
The passenger side view
display appears on the
audio/information screen.
The system activates when you:
The system deactivates when you press
the LaneWatch button again.
Audio/Information Screen
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 422 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
423
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
Driving
■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings
You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.
• Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when
you operate the turn signal light lever.
• Display Time after Turn Signal Off: Changes the length of time the LaneWatch
display stays on after you pull the turn signal lever back.
• Reference Line: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch
monitor.
• Display: Allows for display adjustments of items, such as brightness, contrast and
black level. This setting is part of the System setup group.
2 Customized Features P. 300
■ Reference Lines
Three lines that appear on the screen can give
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
that it is close to your vehicle whereas an
object near line 3 is farther away.
1LaneWatch
TM
The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
lens makes objects on the screen slightly look
different from what they are.
LaneWatch display does not come on when the gear
position is in
(R.
For proper LaneWatch operation:
•
The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
•
Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
•
Do not touch the camera lens.
2
3
1
1Reference Lines
The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to
your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm
the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.
The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions
and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines
on the screen may seem to appear closer than the
actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.
Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
if:
•
The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
•
The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 423 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
424
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
■ To apply
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which
position the power mode is in.
Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently
and securely.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) comes on.
■
Parking Brake
1Brake System
When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a
whirring sound from the motor compartment. This is
because the brake system is in operation, and it is
normal.
1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
12-volt battery goes dead.
2 Jump Starting P. 506
If you pull up and hold the electric parking brake
switch while driving, the brakes on all four
wheels are applied by the VSA® system until the
vehicle comes to a stop. The electric parking
brake then applies, and the switch should be
released.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 424 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
425
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ To release
The power mode must be in ON in order to
release the electric parking brake.
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the electric parking brake switch.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) goes off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.
1Parking Brake
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
•
When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with LSF is activated.
•
When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your
vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF.
•
When the power system is turned off while ACC
with LSF is activated.
•
When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
•
When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and automatic brake hold is
applied.
•
When the power system is turned off while
automatic brake hold is applied.
•
When there is a problem with the Automatic Brake
Hold System while brake hold is applied.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 425 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBrakinguBrake System
426
Driving
■ To release automatically
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.
Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle
facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
When on a hill, it may require more
accelerator input to release.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) goes off.
You can release the parking brake automatically when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The power system is on.
• The transmission is not in
(P or (N.
1Parking Brake
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.
When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator
pedal may need to be pressed farther to
automatically release the electric parking brake.
The parking brake may not be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• POWER SYSTEM indicator
• Transmission system indicator
• Parking brake and brake system indicator (amber)
• VSA® system indicator
• ABS indicator
• Supplemental restraint system indicator
Accelerator Pedal
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 426 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
427
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering
control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 431
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 430
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel
Cell dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or
squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this
may be normal and caused by high frequency
vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake
disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness.
To help reduce heat build-up in the brakes when
descending a long slope, use regenerative braking to
slow the vehicle down.
When the high voltage battery is recharging,
regenerative braking may not be possible.
2 POWER/CHARGE Gauge P. 117
2 High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
P. 118
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 427 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBrakinguBrake System
428
Driving
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at
traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
■
Automatic Brake Hold
1Automatic Brake Hold
3
WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
3
WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in
(P
and applying the parking
brake.
■
Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
power system. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.
■
Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The transmission
must be in
(D or (N.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
●
Release the brake
pedal after the
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on.
■
Canceling the system
Depress the accelerator
pedal while the
transmission is in
(D.
The system is canceled
and the vehicle starts to
move.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator goes
off. The system
continues to be on.
Accelerator Pedal
Brake PedalAutomatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
On
On
Comes
On
Comes
On
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 428 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
429
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ The system automatically cancels when:
• You depress the brake pedal and change to
(P or (R.
• You engage the parking brake.
■ The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when:
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• The power system is turned off.
• Brake Hold System Problem appears on the driver information interface.
■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system
While the system is on, press the automatic
brake hold button again.
u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
1Automatic Brake Hold
While the system is activated, you can turn off the
power system or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 440
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
the automatic brake hold turns off once the power
system is off.
1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
system before using an automated car wash.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in
operation.
Automatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 429 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
430
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ ABS operation
You may hear an operating noise when the ABS is working. Depress the brake pedal
and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press
on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the
ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
the wrong size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking will not be affected, there is a
possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
•
You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
•
The tires are equipped with tire chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
•
Motor sounds coming from the motor
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
power system has been turned on and while the
vehicle accelerates.
•
Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 430 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
431
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 431 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
432
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
■ How the system works
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision
nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 436
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor
cover.
1How the system works
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you
when the your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62
mph (30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle
detected in front of you.
When the CMBS
TM
activates, it may automatically
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
stops or a potential collision is not determined.
The radar sensor is
behind the emblem.
The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3
mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
When to use
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected
in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a
collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 432 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
433
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■ When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through audio/
information screen setting options.
2 Customized Features P. 300
■ Vibration alert on the steering wheel
When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the
system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and
audible alerts.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the
steering wheel, etc.).
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 436
The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front
end of the dashboard.
Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Lens
The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and
stops if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Head-up
Warning
Lights
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
Tactile Alert
1Vibration alert on the steering wheel
Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric
power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.
2 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator P. 93
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 433 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
434
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The sensor detects a
vehicle
Audible & Visual WARNINGS Steering Wheel Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a
collision with the
vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and
audible alerts come on at a
longer distance from a vehicle
ahead than in Normal setting,
and in Short, at a shorter
distance than in Normal.
In case of an
oncoming vehicle
detected, rapid
vibration is provided.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a collision
has increased, time to
respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts. —
Lightly
applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a
collision is
unavoidable.
Forcefully
applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
ShortLong
Normal
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 434 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
435
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
Press and hold the button until the beeper
sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
• The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the driver information
interface reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is in the previously selected ON or
OFF setting each time you start the power
system.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 436
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 435 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
436
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 383
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
1CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBS
TM
off button and take your vehicle to an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 436 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
437
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated tire, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 437 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
438
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
■ Automatic shutoff
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS
TM
indicator comes and
stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused the CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed
(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 438 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
439
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■ Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to radar
sensor area. This can impact CMBS
TM
operation.
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer if you find any unusual
behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message
appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer:
•
The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
•
You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
•
Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 439 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
440
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Change the gear position to
(P.
4. Turn off the power system.
1Parking Your Vehicle
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P
is shown
on the gear position indicator.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the driveline:
•
Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•
Changing to (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
Doing so may cause the power system to overheat
and fail.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 440 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
441
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
Driving
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an
incline.
1When Stopped
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 441 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
442
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 300
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into
(R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Top Down View Mode
Normal View Mode
Wide View Mode
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
Approx. 39 inches
(1 m)
Approx. 20 inches
(50 cm)
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 442 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
443
uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Driving
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Touch the
appropriate icon to switch the mode.
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode
• If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is
selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used before you turned off the power system,
Wide view mode is selected next time you turn the power on and put the
transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change
from
(R, Wide view mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 443 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
444
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
The hydrogen fuel receptacle is located on the passenger’s rear side of the vehicle.
■ Fuel requirement
■ Hydrogen supply pressure: 70 MPa (10,153 psig) (at 59°F [15°C])
■ Hydrogen filling amount
*1
: Approximately 11 lbs (5 kg) (at 70 MPa [10,153
psig])
*1: A measured value when refueled at a hydrogen station with 70 MPa (10,153
psig) of supply pressure complaint with the SAE (J2601) fueling protocol.
■ Hydrogen tanks capacity: 37.3 US gal (141.3 L) (at 70 MPa [10,153 psig])
■ Hydrogen filling station
To completely fill the hydrogen tank, you need to use a hydrogen filling station that
has an H70 dispenser, which is capable of supplying pressures of up to 10,153 psig
(70 MPa).
Refueling the vehicle is only possible if the pressure inside the hydrogen tank of the
vehicle does not exceed the supply pressure of the filling station.
If you use an H35 dispenser, you will be able to fill only half of the tank.
Compressed hydrogen gas
1Refueling
NOTICE
If improper hydrogen gas is used, the FC stack will be
damaged. Always refuel at authorized hydrogen
filling stations.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Hydrogen gas is colorless, odorless, very light and
flammable. Also, its burning flame is difficult to
detect by sight.
3
WARNING
When refueling hydrogen gas, keep
sources of fire, such as a lit cigarette, away
from the vehicle. As hydrogen gas is highly
flammable, it may cause a fire or explosion.
Be sure to turn the power system to OFF to
stop the FC stack operation.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 444 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
445
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Continued
Driving
How to Refuel
1. Stop the vehicle with the hydrogen station
dispenser on the left side of the vehicle.
2. Change the gear position to
(P.
3. Set the power mode to OFF.
4. Press the hydrogen fuel lid release button
on the driver’s door to open the hydrogen
fuel lid.
5. Remove the dust cap from the hydrogen
fuel receptacle inside the hydrogen fuel lid.
6. Make sure to put the dust cap back on the
receptacle to prevent contamination.
2 How to Close the Dust Cap and the
Fuel Lid P. 446
1How to Refuel
The hydrogen fuel lid opens only when the power
mode is in OFF and the gear position is in
(P.
2 When You Cannot Unlock the Hydrogen
Fuel Lid P. 527
3
WARNING
Hydrogen is flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured.
• Stop the motor, and keep sparks and
flames away.
• Refuel only outdoors.
3
WARNING
When refuelling, touch something metal of
the vehicle, etc. to discharge static-buildup
from your body before opening the fuel lid.
Refueler must be a person who has
discharged static electricity from his/her
body.
If you re-enter the vehicle while refueling,
your body may become recharged; you
have to discharge the static-buildup from
your body again.
Hydrogen Fuel Lid
Release Button
Press
Hydrogen
Fueling Nozzle
Hydrogen Fuel
Receptacle
Dust Cap
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 445 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
446
Driving
1. Put the dust cap back on the hydrogen fuel receptacle.
2. Shut the hydrogen fuel lid by hand.
■
How to Close the Dust Cap and the Fuel Lid
1How to Refuel
NOTICE
Do not touch the hydrogen fuel receptacle other than
when refueling. Touching it carelessly may cause
damage.
The filling amount may depend on ambient
temperature.
It is normal to hear a whooshing sound during
refueling.
1How to Close the Dust Cap and the Fuel Lid
If the hydrogen fuel lid is left open, the gear position
cannot be shifted from
(P, and Close Hydrogen
Fuel Lid message appears on the driver information
interface.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 102
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 446 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
447
Driving
Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy
Achieving fuel economy is dependent on several factors, including driving
conditions, load weight, standby time, driving habits, and vehicle condition.
Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the rated fuel economy
of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
driver information interface.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
Miles driven
Kilogram
of fuel
Miles per
Kilogram
Kilogram
of fuel
Kilometers per
Kilogram
Kilometers
driven
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 447 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
448
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 448 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
449
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 450
Safety When Performing Maintenance...451
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 452
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 453
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 457
Opening the Hood ........................... 458
Inverter Coolant............................... 459
Transmission Fluid............................ 461
Brake Fluid....................................... 461
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 462
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 463
Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades .......................................... 465
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 468
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 469
Tire Labeling .................................... 469
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 471
Wear Indicators................................ 473
Tire Service Life ................................ 473
Tire and Wheel Replacement............ 474
Tire Rotation.................................... 475
Winter Tires ..................................... 476
12-Volt Battery ................................. 477
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 479
Climate Control System Maintenance
..480
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 481
Exterior Care.................................... 483
Accessories and Modifications ........ 487
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 449 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
450
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer. (Note, however, that service at an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties
in effect.)
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake Fluid P. 461
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 468
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 463
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 465
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 455
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 537
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 450 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
451
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given
task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the 12-volt battery, all High Voltage system, and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the motor or the surrounding parts can ignite them, causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12-volt
battery or compressed air.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the power system is turned off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the power system cool thoroughly before touching vehicle
parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not activate the power system unless instructed to do so.
Keep your hands and limbs away from moving parts.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 451 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
452
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 452 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
453
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the vehicle has maintenance items due within 30 days, you will see the
Maintenance Minder messages appear on the driver information interface every
time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to bring your
vehicle to an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer for indicated maintenance
services.
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the (display/ information) button.
3. Press the / button to select the icon, and press the ENTER button.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the vehicle operation hours, remaining ion
exchanger life is calculated.
There is a list of maintenance service items you can
view on the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 455
/ Button
Maintenance Item Code(s)
Button
ENTER Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 453 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
454
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
*1: The power system indicator comes on when an ion exchanger replacement is past due.
*2: The messages appear alternately when an ion exchanger replacement is past due.
■
Indicator, Warning Message and Maintenance Minder
Information on the Driver Information Interface
Indicator Warning Message Maintenance Minder
Information
Explanation Information
—
Service Due Soon One or more of the service
items are required in less than
30 days. Press the button
to switch to another display.
The remaining days will
be counted down per
day.
—
Service Due Now One or more of the service
items are required in less than
10 days. Press the button
to switch to another display.
Have the indicated
service performed as
soon as possible.
Service Past Due The indicated maintenance
service is still not done after the
remaining time reaches 0. Press
the button to switch to
another display.
Your vehicle has passed
the service required
point.
Immediately have the
service performed and
make sure to reset the
Maintenance Minder
TM
.
*1
—
*2
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 454 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
455
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•
At each maintenance interval, check Fuel Cell
Insulating Fluid level and top up (to “Max” fill line)
with “Fuel Cell Insulating Fluid - 20% prediluted
formulation”
•
Replace hydrogen ventilation duct and drain,
hydrogen tank every 15 years without the
maintenance minder.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator
Maintenance Item Code(s)
CODE Maintenance Items
A
●
Replace ion exchange filter
0
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Check expiry date for Temporary Tire Repair Kit
●
Inspect these items:
• Tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots
• Suspension components
• Driveshaft boots
• Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• All fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Stay RR, RR Subframe
• Exhaust Diluter
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*1
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*2
5
●
Replace Fuel Cell Insulating Fluid - 50% prediluted
formulation
*3
*1: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles.
*2: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures.
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
every 31,250 miles.
*3: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 year after the display for item 5 is
reset, change Fuel Cell Insulating Fluid with “Fuel Cell Insulating Fluid - 50% prediluted formulation”
every 12 years.
*4: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 3 years after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid and replace air cleaner element every 3 years.
CODE Maintenance Items
7
●
Replace brake fluid
*4
●
Replace air cleaner element
*4
9
●
Inspect these items:
• Hydrogen tank
• Hydrogen ventilation duct and drain
• Exhaust system
• Fuel lines and connections
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 455 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
456
Maintenance
Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the
maintenance service.
Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer reset the maintenance item code
for ion exchanger replacement as it is not possible to do this on your own.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the (display/information) button.
3. Press the / button to select the icon, and press the ENTER button.
4. Press and hold the ENTER button for about 10 seconds to enter the reset mode.
5. Press / to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All Due Items
(You can also select Cancel to end the process).
6. Press the ENTER button to reset the selected item.
7. Repeat from step 4 for other items you wish to reset.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
after a maintenance service results in the system
showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can
lead to serious mechanical problems.
The authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer will
reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer performs maintenance service, reset
the Maintenance Minder
TM
display yourself.
You can also reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
using the audio/information touch screen.
2 Customized Features P. 300
/ / /
Button
3
4
ENTER Button
Button
3
4
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 456 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
457
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Washer Fluid
(Black Cap)
12-Volt Battery
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Inverter Coolant
Expansion Tank
Cap
Inverter Coolant
Reserve Tank
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 457 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
458
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under
the front edge of the hood to the center) to
the side and raise the hood. Once you have
raised the hood slightly, you can release the
lever.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Pull
Hood Release Handle
Lever
Support Rod
Grip
Clamp
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 458 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
459
uuMaintenance Under the HooduInverter Coolant
Continued
Maintenance
Inverter Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the inverter coolant level every time you refuel. Check
the reserve tank. Add the inverter coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the motor and radiator are
cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Inverter Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Honda inverter coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about –31°F (–35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer for details.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum motors.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the expansion tank cap while the
motor is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the motor and radiator cool
down before removing the expansion tank
cap.
MAX
Reserve
Tank
MIN
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 459 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduInverter Coolant
460
Maintenance
1. Make sure the motor and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the expansion tank cap 1/8 turn
counterclockwise and relieve any pressure
in the cooling system.
3. Push down and turn the expansion tank cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. Pour coolant into the expansion tank until it
reaches the MAX mark.
5. Put the expansion tank cap back on, and
tighten it fully.
■
Radiator
1Inverter Coolant
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the motor components.
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the motor compartment.
Expansion
Tank Cap
MAX
Reserve
Tank
MIN
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 460 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
461
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer check the fluid level and replace
if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the transmission fluid yourself.
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
■
Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid)
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix Honda ATF DW-1 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Honda ATF
DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Honda ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Honda’s new vehicle limited warranty.
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake pads as
soon as possible.
Brake Reserve Tank
MAX
MIN
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 461 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
462
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
Maintenance
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid using the washer fluid level gauge on the
cap.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use motor antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale build up.
Level Gauge
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 462 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
463
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlights
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
Front Turn Signal and Front Side Marker Lights
Front turn signal and front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Parking/Daytime Running Lights
Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel
Cell dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer or by
a qualified technician.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 463 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
464
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights/Rear Side Marker, Brake and Rear Turn Signal Lights
Maintenance
Taillights/Rear Side Marker, Brake and Rear Turn
Signal Lights
Taillights/rear side marker, brake and rear turn signal lights are LED type. Have an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Taillights and Back-Up Lights
Taillights and back-up lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel
Cell dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Rear License Plate Light
Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 464 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
465
Continued
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
2. While holding the wiper switch in the
MIST position, set the power mode to ON,
then to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
u Both wiper arms are set to the
maintenance position as shown in the
image.
3. Lift both wiper arms.
1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
When you raise a wiper arm, you may inadvertently
alter the position of the arm by applying undue force.
If you notice that an arm is not in its proper return
position, active the wipers once and they will
automatically reset.
2 Wipers and Washers P. 162
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 465 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
466
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Press and hold the tab, then slide the
holder off the wiper arm.
5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the
direction of the arrow in the image until it
is out of the holder’s end cap.
6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite
direction to slide it out of the holder.
Tab
Holder
Wiper Arm
Wiper
Blade
End Cap at
the bottom
Holder
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 466 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
467
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade
onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it
locks.
10. Lower both wiper arms.
11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until
both wiper arms return to the standard
position.
Cap
Wiper
Blade
Holder
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 467 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
468
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20 kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm
2
)
per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer check the
wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 473
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Whenever tire pressure is adjusted, you must
calibrate the TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 415
Have an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while
driving. New tires and any that have been removed
and reinstalled should be properly balanced.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 468 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
469
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described as shown.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a
The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b
The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c
The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare, if
equipped.
d
The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare, if equipped.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
235/45R18 94V
235: Tire width in millimeters.
45: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
18: Rim diameter in inches.
94: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 469 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
470
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 470 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
471
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 471 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
472
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 472 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
473
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of
manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 473 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
474
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 474 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
475
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the driver information
interface helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the
TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 415
Front
Direction Mark
Front
Front
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 475 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
476
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1040
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 476 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
477
Maintenance
12-Volt Battery
Checking the 12-Volt Battery
Check the battery condition monthly. Look at
the test indicator window and check the
terminals for corrosion.
The battery condition is monitored by the
sensor on the negative terminal. If there is a
problem with the sensor, the warning
message on the driver information interface
will let you know. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 200
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 132
112-Volt Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
The test indicator’s color information is on the
battery.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
Test Indicator Window
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 477 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
478
uu12-Volt BatteryuCharging the 12-Volt Battery
Maintenance
Charging the 12-Volt Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
112-Volt Battery
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
for more information.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 478 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
479
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the smart entry remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 479 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
480
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Air Conditioning
To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE
J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Climate Control System Maintenance
NOTICE
Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.
To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the
evaporator with one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle.
Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is
flammable and can be ignited during servicing if
proper procedures are not followed.
The air conditioner label is found under the hood:
2 Safety Labels P. 83
2 Specifications P. 530
1Dust and Pollen Filter
Using an air freshener may reduce the deodorizing
effect of the dust and pollen filter, and may reduce its
life.
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
for replacement.
The allerfree high retention deodorization filter
collects pollen and dust, has allergen treatment
ability and reduces exhaust gas odor that may be
present in the air.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 480 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
481
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
■
Cleaning the Window
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 481 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
482
Maintenance
The front and rear floor mats hook over floor
anchors, which keep them from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mats.
To properly clean leather:
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap.
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
■
Floor Mats
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Unlock
Lock
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
leather. In addition, please note that some dark
colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
resulting in discoloration or stains.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 482 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
483
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
If you need to lift the wiper arms away from the
windshield, first set the wiper arms to the
maintenance position.
2 Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber P. 465
Air Intake Vents
1Using an Automated Car Wash
When using an automated car wash that pulls the
vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is
in car wash mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in
(N
position [car wash mode] P. 379
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 483 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
484
Maintenance
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the motor compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly around the hydrogen fuel lid and
ventilation duct.
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get inverter coolant or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained
or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
about the correct coating material when you want to
repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin.
1Cleaning the Window
When you raise a wiper arm, you may inadvertently
alter the position of the arm by applying undue force.
If you notice that an arm is not in its proper return
position, active the wipers once and they will
automatically reset.
2 Wipers and Washers P. 162
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 484 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
485
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 485 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
487
Maintenance
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories
installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s
airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 518
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer for assistance. If possible, have an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer inspect the final installation.
1Accessories and Modifications
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
3
WARNING
Use of improperly designed, engineered or
manufactured high-voltage battery
assemblies could cause a fire in your
vehicle.
A vehicle fire could result in a crash or
injury.
Only use a genuine Honda high-voltage
battery assembly, or its equivalent, in your
vehicle.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 487 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
488
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
Maintenance
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Honda has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair your vehicle’s high-voltage hybrid power system
or otherwise modify vehicle electrical systems. Disassembling or modifying electrical
equipment can result in a crash or a fire.
If you ever need to replace your vehicle’s high-voltage battery assembly outside of
warranty coverage, we highly recommend that you only use a genuine Honda high-
voltage battery assembly. Genuine Honda high-voltage battery assemblies are
designed to work with your vehicle’s hybrid power system and have been designed,
engineered and manufactured to avoid overcharging situations. Non-genuine high-
voltage battery assemblies may not have been similarly designed, engineered and
manufactured, and installation of such assemblies could result in overcharging, fires,
loss of power, or other conditions that may increase the likelihood of a crash or
injury.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 488 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
489
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 490
Handling of the Jack......................... 502
Power System Won’t Start
Checking the Procedure................... 503
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is
Weak..........................................504
Emergency Power System Off........... 505
Jump Starting.................................... 506
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 509
If Hydrogen Gas is Leaking .............. 511
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 513
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks ....................................... 514
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On........................... 514
If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time
When the Brake System Indicator
(Amber) Comes On ...................... 515
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 516
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message .... 517
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 518
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 525
Emergency Towing........................... 526
When You Cannot Unlock the Hydrogen
Fuel Lid .............................................. 527
When You Cannot Open the Trunk.. 528
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 489 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
490
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Change the gear position to
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel
Cell dealer or a roadside assistance to have the
vehicle towed.
•
The tire sealant has expired.
•
More than one tire is punctured.
•
The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).
•
The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
•
Damage has been caused by driving with the tires
extremely under inflated.
•
The tire bead is no longer seated.
•
The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
No
Contact
Area
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 490 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
491
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
■
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
Pressure Gauge
AIR
Power Plug
Pressure Relief Button
Repair Notification Label
Instruction Manual
Sealant/Air Hose
REPAIR
Inflator Switch
Speed Restriction Label
Selector Knob
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 491 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
492
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Pull the strap on the right side of the trunk
and open the lid.
2. Open the fastener and take the kit out of
the trunk.
3. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
Lid
Fastener
Strap
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 492 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
493
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Injecting Sealant and Air
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
3
WARNING
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
necessary.
Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 493 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
494
Handling the Unexpected
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electric devices
into other accessory power sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 184
5. Turn the power system on.
u Keep the power system on while
injecting sealant and air.
6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
There are two accessory power sockets:
•
In the back of the console compartment
•
In the console panel
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 184
3
WARNING
Do not use the compressor in garages,
warehouses or poorly ventilated places.
There is danger of lack of oxygen.
REPAIR
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 494 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
495
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
u When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
8. After the air pressure reaches 36 psi (250
kPa), turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor, and read the
gauge.
9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
ON
OFF
Pressure Gauge
1Injecting Sealant and Air
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer for a
replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an
empty bottle.
Sealant/Air
Hose
Valve Stem
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 495 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
496
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
12. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Repair Notification Label
■
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 496 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
497
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/
air hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector knob to AIR.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 499
6. If the air pressure is
• Less than 25 psi (175 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The leak
is too severe. Call for help and have your
vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 526
• 36 psi (250 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station,
whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph
(80 km/h). If you have not reached a service
station, stop and check the tire pressure.
u If the air pressure does not go down after
the 10 minute driving, you do not need
to check the pressure any more.
Sealant/Air Hose
AIR
ON
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 497 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
498
Handling the Unexpected
• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less
than 36 psi (250 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the
tire until the tire pressure reaches 36 psi
(250 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 499
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station,
whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph
(80 km/h). If you have not reached a service
station, stop and check the tire pressure.
u You should repeat this procedure as long
as the air pressure is within this range.
7. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
8. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
9. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3
WARNING
Do not use the compressor in garages,
warehouses or poorly ventilated places.
There is danger of lack of oxygen.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 498 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Continued
499
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 491
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve
stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Cap
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 499 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
500
Handling the Unexpected
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 184
8. Turn the power system on.
u Keep the power system on while
injecting air.
9. Turn the selector knob to AIR.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3
WARNING
Do not use the compressor in garages,
warehouses or poorly ventilated places.
There is danger of lack of oxygen.
AIR
ON
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 500 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
501
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 501 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
502
Handling the Unexpected
Handling of the Jack
Your vehicle has jacking points as shown.
When replacing your tires, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
Jacking Points
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 502 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
503
Handling the Unexpected
Power System Won’t Start
Checking the Procedure
When the READY indicator does not come on and the Ready To Drive message
does not appear on the driver information interface, check the following items and
take appropriate action.
Checklist Condition What to Do
Check if the related
indicator or driver
information interface
messages come on.
The Temperature Is Too Cold For Vehicle To Operate
message appears.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 102
The To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears.
uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range.
2 POWER Button Operating Range P. 154
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 504
The POWER SYSTEM indicator comes on. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
The transmission system indicator blinks and Transmission
Problem Apply Parking Brake When Parked message
appears.
The power system can be activated as a
temporary measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message P. 517
Check the brightness
of the interior lights.
The interior lights are dim or do not come on at all. Have the 12-volt battery checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
The interior lights come on normally. Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 525
Check the Security
System Alarm
indicator.
When the Security System Alarm indicator is blinking, the power
system cannot be turned on.
2 Security System Alarm P. 149
1Checking the Procedure
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 506
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 503 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
504
uuPower System Won’t StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the driver information interface, and the POWER button flashes, and the
power system won’t start, start the power system as follows:
1. Touch the center of the POWER button
with the H logo on the smart entry remote
while the indicator on the POWER button is
flashing. The buttons on the smart entry
remote should be facing you.
u The POWER button flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
POWER button within 10 seconds after the
beeper sounds and the POWER button
changes from flashing to on.
u If you do not depress the pedal, the
mode will change to ACCESSORY.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 504 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
505
uu
Power System Won’t Start
u
Emergency Power System Off
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Power System Off
The POWER button may be used to turn the power system off due to an emergency
situation even while driving. If you must turn the power system off, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the POWER button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the POWER button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the power system
disables the power assist the power system provides to the steering and braking
systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow
the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop
immediately in a safe place.
The gear position automatically changes to
(P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
1Emergency Power System Off
Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the power system to be
turned off.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 505 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
506
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the power
system, then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u If you use a booster battery, only use a
12-volt booster battery.
u When using an automotive battery
charger, select a charging voltage lower
than 15-volt. Check the charger manual
for the proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the power system vibrates.
Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or
allow the cable ends to touch each other while
attaching or detaching the jumper cables.
12-volt Battery performance degrades in cold
conditions and may prevent the power system from
starting.
3
WARNING
A 12-volt battery can explode if you do not
follow the correct procedure, seriously
injuring anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the 12-volt battery.
Booster Battery
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 506 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
507
uuJump Startingu
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the power system
mounting bolt as shown. Do not connect
this jumper cable to any other part of the
vehicle.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine,
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle’s power
system. If it turns over slowly, check that
the jumper cables have good metal-to-
metal contact.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 507 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
508
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle’s power system has started, remove the jumper cables in the
following order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
■
What to Do After the Power System Starts
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 508 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
509
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
If you notice any of the following signs, it is possible that the vehicle is overheating.
• The power system warning indicator has come on and the message Power
System Problem. Stop Driving When Safe has appeared in the driver
information interface.
• Steam is coming out from the motor room.
■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
u Change the gear position to
(P and set the parking brake.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Turn off the power system, then open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the power system and wait until it
subsides. Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
power system can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 509 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
510
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
Inspect the coolant level, and check the
cooling system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
expansion tank cap with a heavy cloth
and open the cap. If necessary, add
coolant up to the base of the filler neck,
and put the cap back on.
■ Last thing to do
Turn the power system on, if the message Power System Problem. Stop Driving
When Safe disappears from the driver information interface after you have started
the power system, resume driving.
If the message does not disappear, contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer for repairs.
Continuing to drive with the Power System
Problem. Stop Driving When Safe message on the
driver information interface may damage the motor.
3
WARNING
Removing the expansion tank cap while the
power system is hot can cause the coolant
to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the motor and radiator cool
down before removing the expansion tank
cap.
3
CAUTION
Never pour water or other commercial
coolants into the inverter coolant reserve
tank. Doing so will cause damage to the
motor.
MAX
Inverter Coolant
Reserve Tank
MIN
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 510 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
511
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If Hydrogen Gas is Leaking
How to Handle Leaked Hydrogen Gas
When the hydrogen leak indicator comes on,
hydrogen gas is leaking.
When a hydrogen gas leak is detected, the
warning buzzer sounds, and warning
indicator comes on. Follow the message
displayed on the driver information interface
and contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel
Cell dealer.
2 Hydrogen Leak Indicator P. 90
Even when the warning indicator does not
come on, if you notice gas leaking noises or
any other malfunction, immediately stop the
vehicle in a safe, well-ventilated place, turn
the power system off, and immediately
contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
■
When Hydrogen Gas Leak or Other Malfunction is Detected
1How to Handle Leaked Hydrogen Gas
3
WARNING
Since hydrogen gas is highly flammable, a
hydrogen gas leak is extremely dangerous
as the leaked gas, which is dispersed into
the atmosphere, can ignite, resulting in a
fire in which you or someone else can be
serious injured or killed. Keep flammable
materials and liquids away from the vehicle
at all times, especially if a hydrogen gas
leak is detected.
In the case of a hydrogen gas leak, a buzzer
will sound and the hydrogen gas leak
indicator will come on. If you are driving
the vehicle, stop in a safe, well-ventilated
place. Then turn the power mode to OFF
and contact an authorized Honda Clarity
Fuel Cell dealer at once. You should also
display signs warning of the danger and be
aware of and keep away anything that
could ignite the gas.
The system is designed so that in the event
that the vehicle catches fire, the gas inside
the tanks will be released through the tank
valves, thereby ensuring that pressure (due
to heat from the fire) within the tanks does
not build up.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 511 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
uuIf Hydrogen Gas is LeakinguHow to Handle Leaked Hydrogen Gas
512
Handling the Unexpected
1How to Handle Leaked Hydrogen Gas
NOTICE
Hydrogen gas is colorless, odorless, very light, and
flammable. Also, its burning flame is difficult to
detect by sight.
If a vehicle fire occurs, leaked hydrogen gas may be
ignited. Stay far away from the vehicle call the local
fire department, and report that the vehicle has
hydrogen tanks.
To extinguish a vehicle fire, use a large amount of
water, a dry chemical fire extinguisher (Class A, B, or
C), or a carbon dioxide fire extinguisher. With an
inadequate amounts of water, a fire cannot be put
out completely. Never attempt to extinguish a vehicle
fire with a small amounts of water.
3
WARNING
This gas is released toward the rear of the
vehicle in a downward direction. Do not
attempt to extinguish the fire from behind
the vehicle as the exiting gas may ignite
into a flame.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 512 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
513
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the 12-volt battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer for repairs.
1If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
power system. Restarting the power system may
rapidly discharge the battery.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 513 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
514
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using regenerative braking.
■ Reason for the indicator to blink
• There is a problem with the electric parking brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place, turn off the power system, and turn on
the power system again.
If the indicator re-appears and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work.
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
P. 515
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 514 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
515
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System
Indicator (Amber) Comes On
■ If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the
same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
release the parking brake manually or automatically.
2 Parking Brake P. 424
• If the brake system indicator (red) continuously illuminates or blinks at
the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
stop the vehicle in a safe place, and have it inspected by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
u Prevents the vehicle from moving gear position to
(P.
• If only the Brake System Indicator (Red) is turned off, avoid using the
parking brake, and have your vehicle checked by an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer immediately.
1
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able
to release it.
If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake
system indicator (amber) come on at the same time,
the parking brake is working.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
the parking brake may not work because it is
checking the system.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 515 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
516
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS,
the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer
as soon as possible.
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 516 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
517
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
Handling the Unexpected
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink
The transmission is malfunctioning.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
• Change the gear position to
(N after
turning the power system on.
u Check if the
(N position on the
instrument panel is lit and if the indicator
on the
(N button is lit or blinking.
u The power system cannot be turned on
unless the parking brake is set.
2 Turning on the Power P. 370
1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message
You may not be able to turn on the power system.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 526
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 517 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
518
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),
and check to see if any applicable fuse is
blown.
There are two fuse boxes in the motor
compartment.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the windshield washer
reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.
■
Motor Compartment Fuse Box
Tab
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 BATTERY 200 A
2
EPS 70 A
ESB 40 A
ABS/VSA_FSR 20 A
SUB FUSE BOX 4 40 A
P-ACT 30 A
− −
H/L LO MAIN 30 A
3
WIPER MOTOR 1 30 A
WIPER MOTOR 2 30 A
IG MAIN 1 30 A
IG MAIN 2 30 A
4 HAZARD 10 A
5 IGB 15 A
6 IG CRASH 10 A
7 IGA 7.5 A
8 P-ACT_DRV 7.5 A
9 SHIFTER 7.5 A
10 STOP LIGHT 7.5 A
11 VBU 7.5 A
12
RFC 60 A
FUSE BOX MAIN 3 50 A
FUSE BOX MAIN 1 60 A
H/L HI MAIN 40 A
PREMIUM AUDIO 30 A
FUSE BOX MAIN 2 40 A
ABS/VSA MOTOR 40 A
−−
SMALL MAIN 20 A
SUB FUSE BOX 2-1 40 A
13 HEATER MOTOR 40 A
14 REAR DEFROSTER 40 A
15 BATT FAN 15 A
16 BATT SNSR 7.5 A
17 H2 PMP 30 A
18 A/C MAIN/DRL 10 A
19 EGR PMP 20 A
20 BATT SNSR (IR) 10 A
21 BACK UP 10 A
22 AUDIO 15 A
23 IGB LEAK SNSR 5 A
24 R H/L LO 7.5 A
25 L H/L LO 7.5 A
26 IGB ECU 5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 518 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
519
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse box B
Tab
Pull up the cover on the + terminal, then
remove it while pulling out the tab as
shown.
Replacement of motor compartment fuses
should be done by an authorized Honda
Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
a − −
b FC WP 70 A
c − −
d SUB FUSE BOX 1 60 A
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 519 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
520
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
There are five fuse boxes on the driver’s
side.
■ Fuse Box A
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the under panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 ACC 7.5 A
2 − −
3 − −
4 SHIFTER 7.5 A
5 OPTION MAIN 7.5 A
6 SRS OPTION 7.5 A
7 METER 10 A
8 FUEL PUMP 7.5 A
9 OPTION 7.5 A
10 CTR ACC SOCKET 20 A
11 − −
12 R SIDE DOOR LOCK 10 A
13 L SIDE DOOR UNLOCK 10 A
14 RR L P/W 20 A
15 AS P/W 20 A
16 DOOR LOCK 20 A
17 P-DRV 7.5 A
18 IGIR 7.5 A
19 WASHER 15 A
20 ESB 7.5 A
21 ACG 7.5 A
22 DRL 7.5 A
23 IGFC3 7.5 A
24 FR SENSOR CAMERA 5A
25 DR DOOR LOCK 10 A
26 R SIDE DOOR UNLOCK 10 A
27 RR R P/W 20 A
28 DR P/W 20 A
29 FR ACC SOCKET 20 A
30 INTERIOR LIGHT 7.5 A
31 DR P/SEAT REC 20 A
32 FR SEAT HEATER 20 A
33 DR P/SEAT SLI 20 A
34 ABS/VSA 7.5 A
35 SRS 10 A
36 − −
37 LID ACT 10 A
38 L SIDE DOOR LOCK 10 A
39 DR DOOR UNLOCK 10 A
Circuit Protected Amps
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 520 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
521
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse Box B
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the under panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
a IGB SRS 5A
b − −
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 521 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
522
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse Box C
Located under the fuse box A.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the under panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
c IGFC2 15 A
d R H/L HI 7.5 A
e L H/L HI 7.5 A
f HORN 10 A
g SMALL 7.5 A
h ILLUMI 7.5 A
i − −
j − −
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 522 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
523
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse Box D
Located on the left side of fuse box C.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the under panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
k IGFC 1 15 A
l IGDTWP 20 A
m IGMG 7.5 A
n SMART 10 A
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 523 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
524
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse Box E
Located inside the driver’s side outer panel.
Replacement of fuses in the driver’s side
outer panel should be done by an
authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer.
Fuse Box E
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
p − −
q − −
r − −
s − −
t − −
u − −
v AS P/SEAT REC 20 A
w AS P/SEAT SLI 20 A
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 524 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
525
uu
Fuses
u
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories
off.
2. Check the fuses on the battery in the motor
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, have it replaced by
an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
3. Remove the fuse box cover.
4. Check the large fuse in the motor
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw, and
replace it with a new one.
5. Inspect the small fuses in the motor
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller, and replace it with a new
one.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace the fuse with a spare fuse of the same
specified amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 518 to 524.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the cover of the
motor compartment fuse box A.
12-Volt Battery
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 525 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
526
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the only way you can safely transport your vehicle.
Any other towing method will damage the vehicle’s drive system.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing, such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
Do not use the hook on the rear of your vehicle for
the towing of other vehicles or emergency removal of
your vehicle. The hook may break.
If your vehicle needs to be towed backward, contact
an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer or a
professional towing service.
Hook
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 526 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
527
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Unlock the Hydrogen Fuel Lid
If you cannot unlock the hydrogen fuel lid, use the following procedure.
1. Open the trunk and remove the cover.
2. Pull the release lever toward you.
u The release lever opens the hydrogen
fuel lid when it is pulled.
■
What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Hydrogen Fuel Lid
1When You Cannot Unlock the Hydrogen Fuel Lid
After taking these steps, contact an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer to have your vehicle
checked.
Cover
Release Lever
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 527 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
528
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open the Trunk
If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure.
1. Insert the built-in key into the cylinder and
turn the key clockwise (as shown).
u The trunk unlocks and opens.
■
What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk
1When You Cannot Open the Trunk
Following up:
After taking these steps, contact an authorized
Honda Clarity Fuel Cell dealer to have your vehicle
checked.
Built-in Key
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 528 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
529
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications.................................... 530
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Motor
Number, and Transmission Number .. 532
Devices that Emit Radio Waves....... 533
Reporting Safety Defects................. 534
Warranty Coverages ........................ 535
Authorized Manuals......................... 537
Customer Service Information......... 538
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 529 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
530
Information
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
■ Air Conditioning
Model CLARITY FUEL CELL
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Charge Quantity 13.9 – 15.7 oz (395 – 445 g)
Lubricant Type SE-A2 (POE)
Quantity 7.63 – 9.46 cu-in (125 – 155 cc)
■ Fuel
*1: A measured value when refueled at a hydrogen station with 70
MPa (10,153 psig) of supply pressure complaint with the SAE
(J2601) fueling protocol.
■ Washer Fluid
Fuel requirement Compressed hydrogen gas
Hydrogen supply
pressure
70 MPa (10,153 psig) (at 59°F [15°C])
Hydrogen filling
amount
*1
Approximately 11 lbs (5 kg) (at 70 MPa
[10,153 psig])
Hydrogen tanks
capacity
37.3 US gal (141.3 L) (at 70 MPa
[10,153 psig])
Tank Capacity 1.43 US qt (1.35 L)
■ Light Bulbs
Headlights (Low Beam) LED
Headlights (High Beam) LED
Front Turn Signal Lights LED
Front Side Marker Lights LED
Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights LED
Brake Lights LED
Taillights LED
Back-Up Lights LED
Rear Turn Signal Lights LED
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light LED
Interior Lights
Front and Rear Map Lights LED
Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W
Center Console Light LED
Glove Box Light LED
Front Foot Lights LED
Trunk Light LED
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 530 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
531
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Brake Fluid
■ Transmission Fluid
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified
Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid
ATF DW-1
Capacity Change 1.85 US qt (1.75 L)
■ Inverter Coolant
Specified Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
0.81 US gal (3.05 L)
(change including the remaining
0.21 US gal (0.80 L) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
Regular
Size 235/45R18 94V
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
36 (250 [2.5])
Wheel Size Regular 18 x 8J
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 531 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
532
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Motor Number,
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, for licensing, and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, motor number, and transmission number are
shown as follows:
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Motor Number, and
Transmission Number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is located
under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number
Transmission
Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle Identification Number
Motor Number
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 532 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
533
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements
and standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 533 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
534
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 534 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
535
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 535 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
536
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement 12-Volt Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage
for a replacement battery purchased from an authorized Honda Clarity Fuel Cell
dealer.
Replacement Exhaust Components Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides
coverage for as long as the purchaser of the exhaust components owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group
Attn: Warranty Complaints
2000 Traverwood Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Email: [email protected]
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 536 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
537
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 537 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
538
Information
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Honda
Customer Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 100-5E-8A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 999-1009
1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•
Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Motor Number, and Transmission
Number P. 532
•
Date of purchase
•
Odometer reading of your vehicle
•
Your name, address, and telephone number
•
A detailed description of the problem
•
Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 538 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
539
uuCustomer Service Informationu
Information
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora app
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or
iPhone.
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/> or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or
cellular data network.
■
Disclaimer of Pandora®
Limitations
• Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
• Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
• Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying tracks, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 539 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
Index
540
Index
Index
Numbers
12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator .................................................... 90
A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 430
Accessories and Modifications ................. 487
Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 184
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System ............ 382
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF).................... 99, 389
Additives
Coolant ................................................... 459
Washer.................................................... 462
Adjusting
Armrest ................................................... 177
Front Seats .............................................. 172
Head Restraints........................................ 174
Mirrors .................................................... 170
Steering Wheel........................................ 169
Temperature............................................ 121
Agile Handling Assist................................ 414
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System) .................................................... 188
Changing the Mode ................................ 190
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 192
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 480
Plasmacluster........................................... 194
Sensors.................................................... 196
Synchronization Mode............................. 193
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 188
Air Pressure....................................... 469, 531
Airbags........................................................ 55
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 61
Airbag Care............................................... 69
Driver’s Knee Airbag.................................. 62
Event Data Recorder.................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 58
Indicator.............................................. 67, 93
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 68
Sensors ..................................................... 55
Side Airbags .............................................. 64
Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 66
AM/FM Radio............................................ 236
Android Auto
TM
........................................ 273
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 430
Indicator.................................................... 92
Apple CarPlay
TM
........................................ 270
Armrest ..................................................... 177
Audio Remote Controls ........................... 201
Audio System.................................... 198, 204
Adjusting the Sound................................ 229
Audio/Information Screen........................ 205
Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout .. 212
Changing the Screen Interface ................ 226
Closing Apps........................................... 228
Customizing the Meter............................ 212
Display Setup .......................................... 230
Error Messages........................................ 277
General Information ................................ 281
Home Screen .......................................... 218
Limitations for Manual Operation............ 231
Menu Customize .................................... 227
MP3/WMA/AAC ..................................... 257
Reactivating ............................................ 200
Recommended Devices ........................... 283
Remote Controls..................................... 201
Security Code ......................................... 200
Selecting an Audio Source ...................... 231
Status Area ............................................. 225
Theft Protection ...................................... 200
USB Flash Drives...................................... 283
USB Port ................................................. 199
Wallpaper Setup ..................................... 216
Audio/Information Screen ....................... 205
Authorized Manuals ................................ 537
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 145
Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 428
Indicator ........................................... 87, 428
Automatic Brake Hold System
Indicator ........................................... 87, 428
Automatic Lighting.................................. 159
Average Fuel Economy ............................ 121
Average Fuel Economy Records .............. 124
Average Speed ......................................... 122
B
Battery
12-Volt ................................................... 477
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 540 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
541
Index
12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator ......................................... 90, 513
Charging (12-Volt Battery) ...................... 478
High Voltage........................................... 419
Jump Starting ......................................... 506
Maintenance (Checking the 12-Volt
Battery) ................................................. 477
Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 479
Belts (Seat).................................................. 48
Beverage Holders..................................... 182
Bluetooth® Audio..................................... 260
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® .................... 329
Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 82
Brake System ............................................ 424
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 430
Automatic Brake Hold............................. 428
Brake Assist System................................. 431
Fluid ....................................................... 461
Foot Brake .............................................. 427
Indicator (Red) ........................................ 515
Parking Brake.......................................... 424
Brake System (Amber)
Indicator ................................................... 88
Brake System (Red)
Indicator ..................................... 86, 87, 514
Brightness Control (Head-Up Display) .... 165
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 164
Bulb Replacement.................................... 463
Brake/Taillights and Rear Side Marker
Lights.................................................... 464
Front Turn Signal and Front Side Marker
Lights .................................................... 463
Headlights ............................................... 463
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 464
Parking/Daytime Running Lights .............. 463
Rear License Plate Lights .......................... 464
Taillights and Back-Up Lights ................... 464
Taillights/Rear Side Marker, Brake and Rear
Turn Signal Lights .................................. 464
Bulb Specifications ................................... 530
C
Carrying Cargo.................................. 365, 367
Certification Label .................................... 532
Changing Bulbs......................................... 463
Characteristics of Fuel Cell Vehicles .......... 11
Charging System Indicator....................... 513
Child Safety................................................. 70
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 144
Child Seat .................................................... 70
Booster Seats............................................. 82
Child Seat for Infants................................. 72
Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 73
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt .................................................. 77
Larger Children.......................................... 81
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 72
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 74
Using a Tether ........................................... 79
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 144
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 483
Cleaning the Interior................................ 481
Climate Control System............................ 188
Changing the Mode ................................ 190
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 192
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 480
Sensors ................................................... 196
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 188
Clock.......................................................... 132
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
)................................................. 432
Coat Hook................................................. 185
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ................................................. 432
Console Compartment ............................. 181
Controls..................................................... 131
Coolant ..................................................... 459
Adding to the Radiator............................ 460
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 459
Overheating ............................................ 509
Creeping (Transmission)........................... 374
Cup Holders .............................................. 182
Customer Service Information................. 538
Customized Features........................ 126, 300
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 161
Dead Battery (12-Volt) ............................. 506
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 541 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
542
Index
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows.................................................. 192
Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 533
Dimming
Headlights ............................................... 158
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 170
Directional Signals (Turn Signal).............. 157
Display Button .......................................... 205
Door Mirrors ............................................. 171
Doors ......................................................... 133
Auto Door Locking .................................. 145
Auto Door Unlocking............................... 145
Door Open Message .................................. 47
Keys ........................................................ 133
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside............................................... 28, 142
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 135
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 141
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 471
Driver Information Interface.................... 119
Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 62
Driving....................................................... 363
Braking.................................................... 424
Shifting Gear ........................................... 375
Transmission............................................ 374
Turning on the Power .............................. 370
Driving Position Memory System............. 167
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 480
E
Eco Assist® System ...................................... 24
Eco Drive Display ...................................... 125
Elapsed Time............................................. 122
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 93, 514
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 412
Emergency ................................................ 526
EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ........ 93
Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 483
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 171
F
FC System in Extreme Cold-weather
Conditions............................................... 420
Features .................................................... 197
Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 480
Flat Tire ..................................................... 490
Floor Mats................................................. 482
Fluids
Brake ...................................................... 461
Coolant................................................... 459
Transmission ........................................... 461
Windshield Washer ................................. 462
FM/AM Radio............................................ 236
Foot Brake ................................................ 427
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 58
Front Seat Heaters.................................... 186
Front Seats................................................ 172
Adjusting ................................................ 172
Front Sensor Camera ............................... 383
Fuel ..................................................... 35, 444
Economy................................................. 447
Gauge .................................................... 116
How to Handle Leaked Hydrogen Gas..... 511
Hydrogen Leak Indicator ........................... 90
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 122
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 90
Range ..................................................... 116
Refueling ................................................ 444
Requirement ................................... 444, 530
Fuel Cell Power Generation Monitor...... 124
Fuel Cell Vehicle Precautions .................... 14
Fuel Economy ........................................... 447
Fuel Fill Door .............................................. 35
Fuses ......................................................... 518
Inspecting and Changing ........................ 525
Locations ........................................ 518, 520
G
Gauges...................................................... 116
Gear Position Indicator...................... 91, 377
Gear Shift Positions
Transmission ........................................... 375
Glass (care) ....................................... 481, 484
Glove Box ................................................. 180
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 542 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
543
Index
H
Handling the Unexpected ....................... 489
HandsFreeLink® (HFL) .............................. 329
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook
and Call History..................................... 342
Displaying Messages ............................... 356
HFL Buttons ............................................ 329
HFL Menus.............................................. 332
HFL Status Display................................... 331
In Case of Emergency ............................. 360
Limitations for Manual Operation............ 331
Making a Call ......................................... 350
Options During a Call.............................. 353
Phone Setup ........................................... 337
Phonebook Phonetic Modification........... 346
Receiving a Call....................................... 353
Receiving a Text Message/E-mail ............. 354
Ring Tone ............................................... 341
Selecting a Mail Account......................... 355
Speed Dial .............................................. 343
To Set Up Text Message/E-mail Options .. 340
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 6
HD Radio
TM
............................................... 236
Head Restraints ........................................ 174
Headlights ................................................ 158
Aiming.................................................... 463
Automatic Operation .............................. 159
Dimming......................................... 158, 161
Operating ............................................... 158
Head-Up Display ...................................... 127
Brightness Control .................................. 165
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 186
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 329
High Beam Indicator .................................. 96
High Voltage Battery ............................... 419
Hill Start Assist System ............................. 372
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............ 326
Honda App License Agreement............... 284
Honda Sensing® .......................................... 36
HondaLink® ............................................... 262
I
Identification Numbers
Motor, and Transmission ......................... 532
Vehicle Identification ............................... 532
Illumination Control
Buttons ........................................... 164, 165
Immobilizer System .................................. 149
Indicator.................................................... 96
Indicators .................................................... 86
12-Volt Battery Charging System ....... 90, 513
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF).................... 99, 389
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................... 92
Automatic Brake Hold ....................... 87, 428
Automatic Brake Hold System............ 87, 428
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ....................................... 100, 101
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 93, 514
Gear Position............................................. 91
High Beam ................................................ 96
Hydrogen Leak.......................................... 90
Immobilizer System ................................... 96
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).. 100, 407
Lights On .................................................. 96
Low Fuel ................................................... 90
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS............. 94, 415, 417
Parking Brake and Brake System (Amber) .. 88
Parking Brake and Brake
System (Red)...................... 86, 87, 514, 515
POWER SYSTEM........................................ 89
READY ...................................................... 90
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ............. 98
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 50, 92
Security System Alarm ............................... 97
SPORT Mode ..................................... 97, 381
Supplemental Restraint System............ 67, 93
System Message........................................ 95
Transmission System.................................. 91
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning ............... 96
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System ............................................ 93, 412
VSA® OFF .......................................... 93, 413
Information .............................................. 529
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 122
Instrument Panel........................................ 85
Brightness Control................................... 164
Interior Lights........................................... 178
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 170
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 543 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
544
Index
Inverter Coolant........................................ 459
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 460
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 459
Overheating............................................. 509
iPod............................................................ 248
J
Jacking Points ........................................... 502
Jump Starting............................................ 506
K
Key Number Tag ....................................... 134
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 141
Keys ........................................................... 133
Lockout Prevention.................................. 141
Number Tag ............................................ 134
Rear Door Won’t Open ............................ 144
Remote Transmitter ................................. 139
Types and Functions ................................ 133
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ......... 405
LaneWatch
TM
............................................. 422
Language (HFL)......................................... 331
LATCH (Child Seats) .................................... 75
Lights ................................................. 158, 463
Automatic ............................................... 159
Bulb Replacement.................................... 463
Daytime Running Lights........................... 161
High Beam Indicator.................................. 96
Interior .................................................... 178
Light Switches ......................................... 158
Lights On Indicator .................................... 96
Turn Signals ............................................ 157
Load Limits................................................ 367
Locking/Unlocking.................................... 133
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking.................. 145
Childproof Door Locks............................. 144
From Inside ............................................. 142
From Outside .......................................... 135
Keys ........................................................ 133
Using a Key ............................................. 140
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 141
Low Battery Charge (12-Volt).................. 513
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal
Strength .................................................. 134
Lower Anchors............................................ 75
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 367
M
Maintenance............................................. 449
12-Volt Battery........................................ 477
Brake Fluid .............................................. 461
Cleaning ................................................. 481
Climate Control System........................... 480
Coolant................................................... 459
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 453
Precautions ............................................. 450
Radiator .................................................. 460
Remote Transmitter ................................ 479
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 463
Safety ..................................................... 451
Service Items........................................... 455
Tires........................................................ 468
Transmission Fluid................................... 461
Under the Hood...................................... 457
Map Lights................................................ 179
Maximum Load Limit............................... 367
Meters, Gauges ........................................ 116
Mirrors ...................................................... 170
Adjusting ................................................ 170
Door ....................................................... 171
Exterior ................................................... 171
Interior Rearview..................................... 170
Modifications (and Accessories).............. 487
Motor........................................................ 532
Coolant .................................................. 459
Jump Starting ......................................... 506
MP3........................................................... 257
Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 442
N
Numbers (Identification) ......................... 532
O
Odometer ................................................. 121
Open Source Licences .............................. 298
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 544 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
545
Index
Opening
Trunk...................................................... 528
Opening/Closing
Hood ...................................................... 458
Power Windows...................................... 152
Trunk...................................................... 146
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel....................................... 154
Outside Temperature Display ................. 121
Overheating ............................................. 509
P
Pandora® .................................................. 255
Panic Mode............................................... 151
Parking ..................................................... 440
Parking Brake........................................... 424
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator (Red)........................................ 515
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator....... 68
Passing Indicators..................................... 158
Plasmacluster............................................ 194
Playing Bluetooth® Audio ....................... 260
POWER Button ......................................... 154
Power System
Turning on.............................................. 370
POWER SYSTEM Indicator ......................... 89
Power Windows ....................................... 152
Precautions While Driving
Rain ........................................................ 373
Pregnant Women....................................... 53
Puncture (Tire) .......................................... 490
R
Radiator .................................................... 460
Radio (FM/AM).......................................... 236
Radio (SiriusXM®) ..................................... 240
Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 238
Range ........................................................ 116
RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 238
READY Indicator ......................................... 90
Rear Defogger Button.............................. 166
Rearview Mirror........................................ 170
Refueling................................................... 444
Fuel ................................................. 444, 530
Fuel Gauge.............................................. 116
Regenerative Energy and Regenerative
Braking ...................................................... 23
Regulations ............................... 417, 471, 533
Remote Transmitter ................................. 139
Replacement
Battery .................................................... 479
Bulbs ....................................................... 463
Fuses ............................................... 518, 520
Tires ........................................................ 474
Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 465
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 534
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 121
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 385
On and Off.............................................. 386
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 43
Safety Checklist .......................................... 47
Safety Labels............................................... 83
Safety Message............................................. 3
Seat Belts .................................................... 48
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 52
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 50
Checking................................................... 54
Fastening .................................................. 51
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 77
Pregnant Women ...................................... 53
Reminder ............................................ 50, 92
Warning Indicator ............................... 50, 92
Seat Heaters.............................................. 186
Seats .......................................................... 172
Adjusting ................................................ 172
Front Seats .............................................. 172
Seat Heaters............................................ 186
Security System......................................... 149
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 96
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 97
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 74
Setting the Clock...................................... 132
Shift Button ........................................ 34, 375
Operation................................................ 377
Shifting (Transmission)....................... 34, 375
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 52
Side Airbags................................................ 64
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 66
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 545 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
546
Index
Siri® Eyes Free............................................ 269
SiriusXM® Radio ........................................ 240
Smart Entry System................................... 135
Snow Tires ................................................. 476
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) .............................. 251
Spare Tire (Optional) ................................ 531
Specifications ............................................ 530
Specified Fuel.................................... 444, 530
SPORT Mode ............................................. 381
SPORT Mode Indicator ....................... 97, 381
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 58
Steering Wheel
Adjusting................................................. 169
Stopping.................................................... 440
Summer Tires ............................................ 476
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ 58
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................. 6, 7, 154
Synchronization Mode ............................. 193
System Message Indicator.......................... 95
T
Temperature Sensor ................................. 196
Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 491
Time (Setting) ........................................... 132
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)...................................................... 415
Indicator............................................ 94, 516
Tires ........................................................... 468
Air Pressure ..................................... 469, 531
Chains..................................................... 476
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 468
Flat Tire (Puncture) .................................. 490
Inspection ............................................... 468
Labeling .................................................. 469
Regulations ............................................. 471
Rotation .................................................. 475
Spare (Optional) ...................................... 531
Summer .................................................. 476
Temporary Tire Repair Kit ........................ 491
Wear Indicators ....................................... 473
Winter..................................................... 476
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 369
Towing Your Vehicle................................ 369
Emergency .............................................. 526
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System).................................................... 415
Transmission ............................... 34, 374, 375
Creeping ................................................. 374
Fluid........................................................ 461
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 91, 377
Number................................................... 532
Operating the Shift Button ................ 34, 377
Shifting ................................................... 375
Trip Meter................................................. 121
Troubleshooting....................................... 489
Blown Fuse...................................... 518, 520
Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 39
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 39
Emergency Towing.................................. 526
Flat Tire/Puncture .................................... 490
Noise When Braking ................................. 41
Overheating............................................ 509
Power System Won’t Start ...................... 503
Rear Door Won’t Open ..................... 39, 144
Warning Indicators.................................... 86
Trunk ........................................................ 146
Lid .......................................................... 146
Light Bulbs.............................................. 530
Unable to Open ...................................... 528
Turn Signals.............................................. 157
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 96
Turn-by-Turn Directions .................. 122, 129
Turning on the Power ............................. 370
Does Not Activate ................................... 503
Jump Starting ......................................... 506
U
Under-Floor Storage Area ....................... 185
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 135
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside................................................. 28, 142
USB Flash Drives ............................... 257, 283
USB Ports .................................................. 199
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button
Start System............................................ 135
V
Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 9
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 532
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 546 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
547
Index
Vehicle Monitoring System ......................... 2
Vehicle Speed........................................... 129
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) ............... 412
Off Button .............................................. 413
Off Indicator ..................................... 93, 413
System Indicator ............................... 93, 412
Voice Control Operation ......................... 232
Audio Commands................................... 234
Climate Control Commands.................... 235
General Commands ................................ 235
Music Search Commands........................ 235
On Screen Commands ............................ 235
Phone Commands .................................. 234
Useful Commands .................................. 234
Voice Portal Screen ................................. 233
Voice Recognition ................................... 232
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist®) ............... 412
W
Wallpaper................................................. 216
Warning and Information Messages ...... 102
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 513
Warning Labels .......................................... 83
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 535
Watts ........................................................ 530
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 473
Wi-Fi Connection ..................................... 267
Window Washers ..................................... 162
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 462
Switch ..................................................... 162
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 152
Windshield
Cleaning.......................................... 481, 484
Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 192
Washer Fluid ........................................... 462
Wiper Blades ........................................... 465
Wipers and Washers................................ 162
Winter Tires
Snow Tires............................................... 476
Tire Chains .............................................. 476
Wipers and Washers................................. 162
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 465
WMA ......................................................... 257
Worn Tires................................................. 468
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 547 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
19 CLARITY FCV CSS-31TRT6200.book 548 ページ ２０１９年１月１７日 木曜日 午前１１時５４分
owners.honda.com (U.S.)
myhonda.ca (Canada)
2019 Honda Clarity Fuel Cell Owner’s Manual
©2019 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
31TRT620
OM-09534
00X31-TRT-6200
Printed in U.S.A.
